Quarterlytics / Technology / Computer Hardware / The Sage Group

The Sage Group

sge · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker sge
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Computer Hardware
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · The Sage Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Go online to access The Sage Group plc
2008 Annual Report and forPDFdownloads.

www.investors.sage.com

www.investors.sage.com

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
0
8

www.sage.com

www.sage.com

The Sage Group plc
North Park
Newcastle upon Tyne
NE13 9AA

Annual Report
and Accounts 2008

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2008

Sage is one ofthe leading global suppliers of
business management software and services to
small and medium-sized enterprises (“SMEs”).

Operating in 26 countriesworldwide,we help
ourcustomers manage theirbusinesses more
efficientlythrough the provision of locally
tailored products and qualitycustomersupport.

Keyperformance indicators (“KPIs”)

Adjusted EPS** growth

EBITA† margin

Organic revenue growth
Excluding Sage Healthcare Division

+3%

2007: +13%

23%

2007: 24%*

+6%*

2007: +7%*

Cash generation from operations

Renewal rates on maintenance
and support contracts

114%

2007: 112%

81%

2007: 81%

For more information about this year’s
KPIs go to page 28

Designed and produced by Radley Yeldar. www.ry.com

Board photography by Andy Wilson

Printed in England by CTD

This report is printed on Take 2 Silk which is FSC certified and contains
75% recycled and de-inked pulp from post consumer waste and 25% ECF
(Elemental Chlorine Free) virgin pulp. This report was printed by an FSC and
ISO 14001 certified printer using vegetable oil and soya based inks.

FSC – Forest Stewardship Council. This ensures that there is an audited
chain of custody from the tree in the well-managed forest through to the
finished document in the printing factory.

ISO 14001 – A pattern of control for an environmental management system
against which an organisation can be credited by a third party.

The CO2 emissions from the production and distribution of this report
have been neutralised through investment in the Sichuan Province Hydro
Power Project in western China. The project displaces electricity generated by
fossil-fuel power plants and will generate emission reductions of an estimated
360,000 tCO2 equivalent between 2006 and 2012, verified and certified to the
Voluntary Carbon Standard.

Contents

About Sage

01 Financial highlights

Business review

06 Group strategy and performance
10 Our business and markets

10 What we do, who we are, how we work
12 Marketplace overview
16 Business structure
18 Customer experience
20 Distribution channels
22 Acquisition strategy
24 Corporate responsibility
28 Key performance indicators

02 Chairman’s welcome
04 Group overview

30 Regional review
30 UK & Ireland
32 Mainland Europe
34 North America
36 Rest of World
38 Financial review
42 Risk

Governance

44 Board of Directors and advisers
46 Directors’ report

49 Corporate governance statement
54 Remuneration report

Financial statements

66 Financial statements – Group

112 Additional information

69 Notes to the accounts – Group
106 Independent auditors’ report – Group

107 Financial statements – Company

108 Notes to the accounts – Company
111 Independent auditors’ report – Company

112 Shareholder information

www.investors.sage.com

Go online to access The Sage Group plc
2008 Annual Report and forPDFdownloads.

www.investors.sage.com

www.investors.sage.com

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
0
8

www.sage.com

www.sage.com

The Sage Group plc
North Park
Newcastle upon Tyne
NE13 9AA

Annual Report
and Accounts 2008

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2008

Sage is one ofthe leading global suppliers of
business management software and services to
small and medium-sized enterprises (“SMEs”).

Operating in 26 countriesworldwide,we help
ourcustomers manage theirbusinesses more
efficientlythrough the provision of locally
tailored products and qualitycustomersupport.

Keyperformance indicators (“KPIs”)

Adjusted EPS** growth

EBITA† margin

Organic revenue growth
Excluding Sage Healthcare Division

+3%

2007: +13%

23%

2007: 24%*

+6%*

2007: +7%*

Cash generation from operations

Renewal rates on maintenance
and support contracts

114%

2007: 112%

81%

2007: 81%

For more information about this year’s
KPIs go to page 28

Designed and produced by Radley Yeldar. www.ry.com

Board photography by Andy Wilson

Printed in England by CTD

This report is printed on Take 2 Silk which is FSC certified and contains
75% recycled and de-inked pulp from post consumer waste and 25% ECF
(Elemental Chlorine Free) virgin pulp. This report was printed by an FSC and
ISO 14001 certified printer using vegetable oil and soya based inks.

FSC – Forest Stewardship Council. This ensures that there is an audited
chain of custody from the tree in the well-managed forest through to the
finished document in the printing factory.

ISO 14001 – A pattern of control for an environmental management system
against which an organisation can be credited by a third party.

The CO2 emissions from the production and distribution of this report
have been neutralised through investment in the Sichuan Province Hydro
Power Project in western China. The project displaces electricity generated by
fossil-fuel power plants and will generate emission reductions of an estimated
360,000 tCO2 equivalent between 2006 and 2012, verified and certified to the
Voluntary Carbon Standard.

Contents

About Sage

01 Financial highlights

Business review

06 Group strategy and performance
10 Our business and markets

10 What we do, who we are, how we work
12 Marketplace overview
16 Business structure
18 Customer experience
20 Distribution channels
22 Acquisition strategy
24 Corporate responsibility
28 Key performance indicators

02 Chairman’s welcome
04 Group overview

30 Regional review
30 UK & Ireland
32 Mainland Europe
34 North America
36 Rest of World
38 Financial review
42 Risk

Governance

44 Board of Directors and advisers
46 Directors’ report

49 Corporate governance statement
54 Remuneration report

Financial statements

66 Financial statements – Group

112 Additional information

69 Notes to the accounts – Group
106 Independent auditors’ report – Group

107 Financial statements – Company

108 Notes to the accounts – Company
111 Independent auditors’ report – Company

112 Shareholder information

www.investors.sage.com

01

About Sage

01–05

Business review

06–43

Governance

44–65

Financial statements

66–112

Financial highlights

Revenue

Adjusted pre-tax profit**

£1,295.0m
+7%*

(2007: £1,214.1m*)

£273.4m
+3%

(2007: £265.1m)

Total dividend

EBITA†

7.21p
+3%

(2007: 7.00p)

£299.8m
+1%*

(2007: £297.0m*)

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2007 have been retranslated based on the average
exchange rates for the year ended 30 September 2008 of $1.97/£1 and B1.31/£1 to facilitate the comparison
of results.

† Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of intangible fixed assets (“EBITA”).
** Pre-tax profit and earnings per share figures stated prior to amortisation of intangible fixed assets and after

neutralisation of foreign exchange movements.

For a five year comparison of these financial highlights go to page 06

For a five year comparison of the total dividend go to page 02

02

“Our large and international customer base, the
flexibilityof our business model and our consistently
strong cash flows position us favourablyto manage
the current market conditions.”

To see Tony’s biography please go to page 44

Total dividend

7.21p
+3%

2008

2007

2006

2005

2004

3.59

2.88

2.33

pence

7.21

7.00

0.000

1.442

2.884

4.326

5.768

7.210

“The UKand North America recorded
respectable growth, and ourbusinesses
in Mainland Europe and Rest of World
reported another yearofstrong growth.”

03

DearShareholder
This has been a challenging year with volatile and difficult
market conditions. After a resilient performance in the first
half of the year, the Group saw softening customer
demand in the second half, most notably in software
and software-related services.

Despite these market conditions, the Group reported a
solid performance for the year. The UK and North America
recorded respectable growth, and our businesses in
Mainland Europe and Rest of World reported another
year of strong growth.

Subscription revenues, including combined software/
support contracts, performed strongly in all our markets,
driving growth in established markets such as the UK,
France, South Africa and Australia, as well as in our newer
markets of Poland, Spain, China and Malaysia. Software
and software-related services reported modest growth,
affected by both the macro-economic conditions and the
trend for customers increasingly to purchase combined
software/support contracts.

Financial strength
The Group remains highly cash generative and our balance
sheet is strong. In addition, we have committed facilities of
£850m, of which £750m is committed until 2011. In these
market conditions, this positions the Group very well.
This financial year saw major movements in foreign
exchange rates and a major weakening of Sterling which
continued after the year end. More than 70% of the
Group’s profits are earned outside the UK and recent
exchange rate trends will have a favourable effect on
our reported earnings going forward.

Dividend
The Board is strongly committed to enhancing shareholder
value. We believe that our consistently strong cash flows,
robust balance sheet and recurring revenue streams
provide a sustainable basis for a progressive dividend
policy, whilst ensuring that the Board can continue
to maintain the appropriate levels of organic and
acquisition-led investment.

As a result, we are increasing the full year dividend by
3% to 7.21p per share (2007: 7.00p per share), with a
proposed final dividend of 4.78p per share (2007: 5.73p
per share, following the rebasing of our dividend policy
which was reflected in our final dividend in the second
half of the prior year).

Management changes
David Clayton joined the Board on 1 October 2007 as
Group Strategy and Mergers and Acquisitions Director.
On 1 November 2007, Ian Mason, Chief Executive of
Electrocomponents plc, joined the Board as a non-
executive director. Mark Rolfe, formerly Finance Director of
Gallaher Group plc, joined the Board on 1 December 2007
and became chair of the Audit Committee on 1 April 2008.

We were also very pleased to welcome Sue Swenson to
the Group as CEO, North America. Sue joined us in March
2008 and brings a formidable record of achievements to
our North American business.

People
We now employ over 14,500 people (2007: 13,900),
and our employees are at the heart of our strategy
continuously to improve our customers’ experience.
As markets become more challenging over the coming
year, we rely on our employees to enhance our competitive
advantage in all our markets. Our loyal, dedicated and
customer-focused employees have greatly contributed to
our results in this challenging year, and we thank them for
their continuing efforts.

Outlook
We will continue to strive to create value for our
shareholders by focusing on tight cost control, improved
operational efficiency and leveraging our strong geographic
market positions. It is uncertain as to how long these
difficult market conditions will continue and, therefore, we
remain cautious in our outlook. However, our large and
international customer base, the flexibility of our business
model and our consistently strong cash flows position us
favourably to manage the current market conditions.

Tony Hobson
Chairman

Awards
Sage prides itself on providing high quality
software and customer support tailored to a
customer’s country and industry. We constantly
strive to provide outstanding customer service
and this year we have won many awards in
recognition of this.

UK & Ireland
Business Software Supplier of the Year
at Computing Magazine’s Awards for
Excellence 2008.

Payroll Software Provider of the Year
for medium to large companies at the Irish
Payroll Association awards.

Payroll Software Provider of the Year
at Pay Magazine’s annual Pay Awards.

Product of the Year award for Sage SalesLogix
v7.2 at the SearchCRM.com awards.

Mainland Europe
Customer Service Golden Laurel and
the Golden BIT award for Best HR Software
in Poland.

Preferred Vendor 2008 award from Channel
Partner Magazine and ERP System of the
Year from the Centre of Enterprise Research
in Germany.

Golden Customer Relation Centre award
in Spain.

North America
Product of the Year award for ACT! by Sage
2008 from Communication Solutions magazine.

SMB Software Suites Channel Champion
at CRN Channel Champion Awards.

Gold and silver medals for Best Contact Centre
Agent and Best Contact Centre, respectively,
at the World Contact Centre Awards.

Rest of World
Best Customer Service Award in the Business
Process Enabling South Africa Awards.

For further details on our awards please visit
www.sage.com/ourbusiness/newsroom

04

Global presence

Sage is a global company with 5.8 million customers, over 14,500
employees and more than 25 years’ experience working with small and
medium-sized businesses. We have direct operations in 26 countries
and a presence in many more countries through our indirect network
of 30,000 business partners and 40,000 accountancy practices.
Despite our global reach, we have built our success on understanding
and meeting the needs of customers in their local markets.

We are the third largest provider of business management solutions
in the world with a 7% market share1. Software and software-related
services revenues account for 39% of our total revenues. Subscription
revenues account for 61% of our total revenues and include recurring

revenues arising from combined software/support contracts,
maintenance and support, hosted products and other recurring
services revenues.

To capitalise on our local expertise we operate through a decentralised
business structure whereby each country has substantial autonomy in
terms of local business strategy.

Our local management teams report into the CEO of their region –
UK & Ireland, Mainland Europe, North America and Rest of World.

For more information about our regional businesses and our business structure
please go to page 17

Direct presence

Revenue by region

Revenue by sector

4

1

2

D E

A

C

3

1
2
3
4

UK & Ireland
Mainland Europe
North America
Rest of World
Total

B

%
19
35
39
7
100

A
B
C
D
E

%
55
Accounting
25
Industry-specific
HR and payroll
11
Customer Relationship Management (“CRM”) 5
4
Payment processing
100
Total

1 Source: Gartner, August 2007, Worldwide ERP
licence and maintenance revenue by vendor.

05

Corporate responsibility

Ourstrengths

Sage is committed to acting as a responsible
corporate citizen. We have chosen to focus our
corporate responsibility efforts on four areas that
are meaningful to our organisation’s strategy and
where we believe we can make a difference.
These are: our people; the environment;
supporting industry; and working with our local
communities and charities. We aim to achieve
best practice in the local context of every country
in which we operate with standards established by
local legislation applying as a minimum. We also
aim to share best practice across the Group so
that we implement continuous improvement.

For more information on our corporate
responsibility please go to page 24

Brand leadership
We have built our business around our market-
leading brands which are widely recognised and
trusted in their local markets. Combined with the
global Sage brand, our local brands give us a key
point of competitive differentiation.

Business structure
Our decentralised business means Sage has an
unrivalled understanding of local customer needs,
provides a choice of locally developed and locally
supported solutions and the agility to respond
quickly to changes in local market conditions.

For more information on our brand leadership
please go to page 12

For more information on our business structure
please go to page 16

Customer experience
We set ourselves apart through the superior
experience we deliver to customers. We help
them run their businesses more efficiently through
the provision of high quality software, services
and support. This has enabled us to build a
large, loyal and diverse customer base. Many of
our customers have support contracts through
which we provide not only advice on how to get
the most from their software but also guidance
on business critical topics.

For more information on our customer experience
please go to page 18

Distribution channels
Sage has strong routes to market, including retail
stores, web retailers, direct from Sage or indirect
through our worldwide network of over 40,000
accountants and 30,000 business partners who
provide additional support, implementation,
customisation and specialist sector knowledge.

For more information on our distribution channels
please go to page 20

Ourregional businesses
UK& Ireland
Including: United Kingdom and
Republic of Ireland.

Mainland Europe
Including: Austria, Belgium, France
(including subsidiaries in Brazil and
Morocco), Germany, Poland, Portugal,
Spain and Switzerland.

North America
Including: Canada and United States.

Rest of World
Including: Australia, Bahrain, Botswana,
China, Dubai, India, Malaysia, Namibia,
Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Singapore
and Thailand.

Sectors:
• Accounting
• Industry-specific
• HR and payroll
• CRM
• Payment processing

Sectors:
• Accounting
• Industry-specific
• HR and payroll
• CRM

Sectors:
• Accounting
• Industry-specific
• HR and payroll
• CRM
• Payment processing

Sectors:
• Accounting
• Industry-specific
• HR and payroll
• CRM

Revenue

Revenue

Revenue

Revenue

£245.7m
+10%

2008

2007

£457.3m
+15%*

2008

2007

£m

245.7

224.1

£m

457.3

395.9*

£500.9m
-3%*

2008

2007

£91.1m
+16%*

£m

500.9

2008

515.6*

2007

£m

91.1

78.5*

0.000000

49.139999 98.279999 147.419998 196.559998 245.699997

0.000000

91.459998 182.919995 274.379993 365.839990 457.299988

0.000000 103.119995 206.239990 309.359985 412.479980 515.599976

0.000000

18.220000 36.439999 54.659999 72.879999 91.099998

EBITA†

EBITA†

EBITA†

EBITA†

£88.5m
EBITA† margin 36%

2008

2007

£100.2m
EBITA† margin 22%

2008

2007

£m

88.5

82.6

£m

100.2

91.5*

£87.7m
£
EBITA† margin 18%

£23.4m
EBITA† margin 26%

£m

2008

2007

87.7

102.2*

2008

2007

£m

23.4

20.7*

0.000000

17.700001 35.400002 53.100002 70.800003

0.000000

20.040001 40.080002 60.120003 80.160004

0.000000

20.439999 40.879999 61.319998 81.759998 102.199997

0.00

4.68

9.36

14.04

18.72

23.40

For more information on the UK &
Ireland region please go to page 30

For more information on the Mainland
Europe region please go to page 32

For more information on the North
America region please go to page 34

For more information on the Rest of
World region please go to page 36

+

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2007 have been retranslated based on the average exchange rates for the year ended 30 September 2008 of $1.97/£1 and B1.31/£1 to facilitate

the comparison of results.

† Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of intangible fixed assets (“EBITA”).

£

£

06

“The continued growth in subscription revenues
underpinsouroverallgrowthandcompensatedforthe
morechallengingmarketconditionsweexperiencedin
software and software-related services.”

“Innovation is at the heart ofourstrategy.
We continue to adapt and evolve ourproducts
and services offering to meet the changing
needs ofour 5.8 million customers.”

To see Paul’s biography please go to page 44

Revenue

Adjusted pre-tax profit^

EBITA†

£1,295.0m
+7%*

2008

2007

2006

2005

935.6

759.6

£m

1,295.0

1,157.6

£273.4m
+3%*

2008

2007

2006

2005

£299.8m
+1%*

2008

2007

2006

2005

£m

273.4

251.3

234.7

196.4

£m

299.8

283.2

249.3

202.1

2004
0
Note: Figures included in the graphs above for 2004 are reported under UK GAAP and the results of all comparative years have not been retranslated to current year exchange rates.

181.1
54.679999 109.359998 164.039996 218.719995 273.399994

2004
0.000000

2004
0.000000

185.6

687.6

1295

1036

777

518

259

59.959998 119.919995 179.879993 239.839990 299.799988

07

Over the year we successfully extended our support
offerings with Sage Accountants’ Club Priority Link
in the UK, Contrat Platine for Ciel! customers in France
and the Premier and Avanzado support contracts
in Spain. Customer support continues to drive growth
in Spain, South Africa, Poland and Portugal, while our
newer markets in China, India, Malaysia and Singapore
successfully leveraged their existing solutions, adapting
best practice solutions from our more established regions.
The growth in customer demand for quality support
confirms that customers want to improve their business
performance through the innovative and well-designed
products and services that Sage offers.

We are also seeing a growing trend for larger companies
in the SME sector to extend their businesses beyond their
home territories. Our mid-market customers increasingly
need solutions that are robust enough to cope with
multiple government legislation, multiple currencies and
multiple languages, yet can offer rapid integration and
local customisation. Our international products such as
CRM (ACT!, SalesLogix, SageCRM), Sage ERP X3 and
Sage Accpac ERP broaden our portfolio of localised
solutions and are growing well in our emerging markets,
helping us expand into new territories. We anticipate that
the trends in the SME sector will increasingly facilitate the
development of new products and services aimed at the
emerging international SME sector that will complement
our current portfolio of locally focused solutions. With
our long experience with SMEs, we understand these
emerging challenges and are developing solutions that
meet the international demands of medium-sized
companies, yet still offer the flexibility and localisation
that is our competitive advantage.

Overview of Group results
This has been a challenging year with volatile market
conditions in two of our key geographic regions. After
a good performance in the first half of the year, the Group
saw softening customer demand in the UK and North
America, although Mainland Europe and Rest of World
continued to perform strongly. This resulted in organic
revenue growth excluding Sage Healthcare Division for
the Group of 6%* (3%* organic revenue growth overall).

Subscription revenues, representing the 61% of our
revenues which are recurring in nature, grew by 10%*
and were less affected by market conditions in the UK
and North America. The continued growth in subscription
revenues compensated for the more challenging market
conditions we experienced in software and software-
related services. Combined software/support contracts,
the largest component of subscription revenues,
represented 39% of our total revenues and grew by 14%*
over the year. This demonstrates the resilience of our
business model, with our customers continuing to use
our products and services to increase their operational
efficiency in difficult markets. Software and software-
related services revenues grew by 2%*, reflecting
the market slowdown in North America and the UK,
beginning in the second half of the year.

Product and service strategy
Innovation is at the heart of our strategy. We continue
to adapt and evolve our products and services offering
to meet the changing needs of our 5.8 million customers,
with an increasing range of customer support contracts,
as well as tiered subscription offerings tailored to the
varying requirements of our customer base. Our integrated
product suites, launched last year, have been well received
by our customers and business partners and are beginning
to contribute to organic growth. Software as a Service
(“SaaS”) and hosted products such as Sage 50 Accounts
Professional Online, SageCRM.com, Sage Accpac ERP
and Billing Boss continue to show strong demand,
although they remain a modest contributor to Group
revenues overall.

Subscription revenue

£785.7m
+10%*

+

2008

2007

£m

785.7

714.3*

S

Software and software-related
services revenue

£509.3m
+2%*
+

2008

2007

£m

509.3

499.8*

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2007 have been retranslated based on the average exchange rates for the

year ended 30 September 2008 of $1.97/£1 and B1.31/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

† Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of intangible fixed assets (“EBITA”).
^ Pre-tax profit stated prior to amortisation of intangible fixed assets.

08

Acquisition strategy
Relative to previous years, this has been a quiet year
for acquisitions. We continue to evaluate a number of
opportunities in both new and existing markets, although
in many cases vendor price expectations have not as yet
adjusted to current market conditions. During the year,
we completed three principal acquisitions, for an enterprise
value of £51.2m. KCS, a leading supplier of HR and
payroll services in the UK, was completed in October
2007 for an enterprise value of £20.2m. Tekton, a supplier
of construction solutions for UK mid-market companies,
was completed in March 2008 for an enterprise value of
£19.8m. Eurowin, acquired in July 2008 for an enterprise
value of £11.2m, strengthened our market position at the
entry-level in Spain. These acquisitions were all strategic
investments in broadening our product offering.

We remain committed to our acquisition strategy of
expanding our product and service offering to SMEs in
both new and existing territories. As we expand the scope
of our businesses worldwide, we are increasingly focused
on leveraging our scale and exploiting global synergies
between our businesses. Our strong balance sheet and
cash conversion put us in an advantageous position to
pursue opportunities when asset prices fall. However,
our acquisition methodology remains robust and highly
disciplined in determining valuation parameters.

Distribution strength
Our distribution strength remains one of our key
competitive advantages, with over 30,000 business
partners and 40,000 accountancy practices
recommending and marketing Sage products worldwide.
The role of our business partners in promoting our
products and services and providing local expertise
continues to evolve as customers demand increasing
levels of tailored products and specialised services. Our
business partners are a key component in building and
maintaining on-going relationships with our customers.

Customer base
Over the year, we added 341,000 new customers
(37,000 resulting from acquisitions made this year).
New customers are an important component in our
long-term growth strategy as customers tend to remain
loyal to their original software supplier as they grow,
purchasing upgrades and additional products and driving
future organic revenue growth.

North America management team
This has been a transitional year for our North American
business and a period of organisational change. In March
2008, we appointed Sue Swenson as President and
CEO to lead our North American business. She was
joined in June 2008 by Marc Loupé as Chief Financial
Officer of North America. Lindy Benton, who brings

extensive experience in healthcare industry management,
joined in September 2008 as Chief Operating Officer
of Sage Healthcare Division. Greg Hammermaster joined
in November 2008, after the end of the financial year, as
President of Sage Payment Solutions Division. Greg has
long-term experience of the payments industry. The new
executive management team is focusing on driving
operational improvements and earnings growth.

Environment
We are aware of the current debate around climate
change, and our corporate policy is to minimise our
carbon footprint where possible. This year, our focus
has been on developing a globally consistent template
for measuring our carbon emissions and waste generation
across our businesses in all our major locations as an initial
step in our strategy to reduce our long-term impact on the
global environment. We encourage our employees to think
and act in an environmentally positive manner to help us
realise this strategy.

Outlook
The strength and flexibility of our business model
has helped us achieve solid results in difficult market
conditions. As markets weakened in the UK and North
America, we were rapidly able to adapt to the changing
markets and proactively refocus our businesses in
these regions. Our businesses in Mainland Europe
and Rest of World recorded strong results through a
combination of favourable market conditions and good
commercial execution.

We anticipate that the broader economic climate will
remain uncertain for the near future. However, our
business model, together with consistently strong cash
flows, robust balance sheet and high level of recurring
revenue streams, provides a solid foundation for our
operations. Our large and geographically diverse
customer base of over 5 million customers also provides
many opportunities to meet future demand for business
critical solutions designed to help SMEs run their
businesses more efficiently in difficult market conditions.

Whilst we are still early in our new financial year, growth
in subscription revenues has continued to offset weakness
in software revenues. Although we remain cautious in our
outlook, we expect demand for our customer support to
continue, which combined with tight cost control and our
strong geographic market positions, will allow us to
weather these turbulent times.

Paul Walker
Chief Executive

09

Corporate strategy

While we are locally focused in serving our customers, we work
together as one organisation towards one future. Our strategy sets
out a clear vision supported by a set of goals towards which all of
our operating companies around the world are working.

Our vision is to be the most admired and respected software provider
in the world. Our business will grow as we help our customers

manage their businesses more efficiently. Our products will be easy
to install, customise and maintain. The services and support provided
by our people and our partners will help to take the complexity out of
managing business processes. Our business model and the way in
which we operate will make it easy to deal with Sage.

Objective

Strategy

Progress

• Be a key leader in all markets of

the world

• Supply business management
software and services that help
our customers run their businesses
more efficiently

• Leading market positions enhanced

in several key markets in all our
major markets

• Develop products and services which

• Maintain high levels of quality

• Contract renewal rates maintained

are the most compelling fit with a
customer’s country and industry

service support that feed back into
the product and services
development cycle

at 81%

• Have the most trusted brands

• Invest in a strong brand identity

consistent with our corporate values

• Global brand development project
to identify and apply Sage’s core
corporate values across our
businesses

• Have the most satisfied and active

customers in our industry

• Focus on product innovation
• Focus on value-added services
• Fulfilment of the changing needs

of our customers

• Migration revenue increased by 9%
• Combined software/support contract

revenue increased by 14%
• New integrated product suites

well received

• Experience superior organic revenue

growth versus our peer group

• Anticipate market developments and
develop products and services to
meet changing customer needs

• Subscription revenue grew

by 10% driven by combined
software/support contracts

• Be recognised as one of the most

admired employers

• Build organisational leadership
to drive business performance

• Continued investment in talent

management, succession planning,
people development and HR
processes

10

“Our principles of Simplicity, Trust,
Integrity, Innovation and Agility drive
everything we do – howwe think, how
we plan, how we make decisions.”

11

Whatwe do,whowe are, how wework

Sage provides a choice of high quality business software,
services and support to small and medium-sized
businesses. Whilst our heritage is in the small business
market and most of our customers employ less than
500 employees, we also have the experience and
expertise to meet the needs of specific industries
and larger organisations.

At Sage we nurture a unique culture and regardless of
where we are in the world, our people are guided by five
key principles of simplicity, trust, integrity, innovation and
agility. These attributes will enable us to serve all our
customers well and continue to deliver our success.
Our corporate principles underpin everything we do – how
we think, how we plan and how we make decisions.

The majority of our products and services are developed,
sold and supported locally to meet local customer needs
and comply with local legislation and regulations. This
ensures our products and services are relevant to our
customers and makes it easier for them to manage their
business processes. Whether it is our financial software
enabling better cash flow management, our CRM software
helping to build profitable customer relationships or our
HR and payroll offerings being used to improve employee
performance and ensure legislative compliance, our
software and services equip our customers to run their
businesses more effectively and manage the challenges
of today’s business environment.

What makes Sage different is our people, our dedication to
doing the right thing by the customer and our commitment
to support them to the very best of our ability.

• Whether it is software which is easy to use or support
that is easy to access, simplicity is a key driver in
our business.

• Our customers place important, confidential information

in our hands so it is imperative they fully trust us to deliver.
• Whether providing reliable, high quality products or giving
advice on business critical topics, integrity is critical to
us when building long-term customer relationships.
• We need to think ahead, to anticipate our customers’

needs and be creative in how we develop our software
and services, continually innovating to improve the
customer experience we deliver.

• We have to be responsive to customer needs and

market changes and ensure we are agile enough to
adapt our products and services to meet these demands.

Simplicity

Trust

Integrity

Innovation

Agility

12

Business review | Our business and markets

Marketplace overview

Brand leadership
Sage is one of the leading global suppliers of business
management software and services for SMEs. We are
the third largest provider of business management
solutions in the world with a 7% market share1.

We have built our market-leading position around our
decentralised business model, the customer experience
we provide, the strength of our distribution channels and
our local brands. These brands, such as Ciel! in France,
Contaplus (SP) in Spain, Sage 50 in the UK, Softline Pastel
in South Africa or Simply in Canada, are widely recognised
and trusted in their local markets.

Above and beyond the strength of our local brands,
Sage is an internationally recognised brand in its own
right. The Sage brand is much more than our logo.
It represents our energy and commitment to doing what’s
right for our customers, going the extra mile and exceeding
expectations. To capitalise on our brand position we have
made a substantial investment in a global initiative to
leverage the strengths of the Sage brand more consistently
and effectively alongside those of our local brands.
This combination of our global and local brands provides
us with a key point of differentiation.

Products and services
We provide a choice of high quality products and
services which are relevant to our customers, use the most
appropriate technology and deployment methods and are
supported by local experts. The mix of products and
services we deliver in each of our regions is tailored
according to the needs of our customers in that market.
These products and services are broadly classified into
the following groups:

• Accounting
• Financial forecasting
• Job costing
• Business intelligence
• Taxation and other products for accountants
• Business stationery
• Development platforms
• E-business
• Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”)
• Payroll
• Human Resources
• CRM
• Payment processing

Market leading brands

Business management
solutions providers1

A

B

F

CDE

A
B
C
D
E
F

SAP
Oracle
Sage
Infor
Microsoft
Others

Competitive profile

Global consistency

Product
driven

2

3

4

>

5

>

1

>

Customer
led

Sage

>

%
27.5
13.9
7.0
6.4
4.1
41.1

Key
1 SAP
2 Oracle
3 Microsoft

Local market solutions

4 Salesforce.com
5 Intuit

1 Source: Gartner, August 2007, Worldwide ERP
licence and maintenance revenue by vendor.

13

In addition to this broad range of solutions, we also
recognise that businesses in different industries have
specialised needs. Consistent with our approach of
staying close to our customers and delivering relevant
solutions, many of our operating companies have,
alongside our worldwide community of software
developers, developed solutions for specific industries.

In regions where the market for business software is more
established, such as in the UK & Ireland, Mainland Europe
and North America, much of our growth is driven by the
demand for value-added support as well as integrated
suites of software. These suites integrate front and back
office business processes and simplify workflow across
an entire company. We have also developed tiered levels
of support contracts to meet differing customer needs.
These include software/support contracts which combine
software, annual upgrades, support and services such
as electronic back-up, access to training resources and
compliance services.

In emerging markets, such as Africa and Asia, growth
is driven by demand for support contracts, payroll
solutions, upgrades and migrations, as well as our
international product offerings.

Industry-specific and specialised solutions

UK & Mainland

North Rest of
Europe America World

Ireland

Healthcare

HR and payroll

Construction/real estate

Transport/distribution

Payment processing

Accountancy

Not-for-profit

Manufacturing

Retail

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

•

•
•

•
•
•

•
•
•
•

International solutions
We are seeing growing demand from existing and potential
customers who increasingly operate internationally
and need a solution that works in all of their locations.
These solutions must be robust enough to cope with
multiple government legislation, currencies and languages
yet be flexible, lean and offer local customisation. As a
global business with extensive experience of working
with growing SMEs, we understand these challenges
and have developed ERP and CRM solutions that
meet the demands international businesses generate.
The provision of these international solutions demonstrates
our commitment to offer our customers a choice of high
quality, relevant, flexible and scalable solutions which meet
their evolving needs.

14

Business review | Our business and markets

Technology developments
Technology continues to move at a fast pace, with the
growth of SaaS as well as the emerging influence of web
2.0 technologies. These developments present exciting
opportunities to enhance further the value we provide to
customers, particularly in the areas of collaboration,
integration and mobility. We take a pragmatic, impartial
approach, harnessing the most appropriate technologies
for the benefits they can bring to our customers.

Whilst the market for SaaS is growing, we anticipate
that adoption will be gradual and will vary widely between
markets. We believe that customers will gradually
incorporate new technologies into their existing solutions
and adopt a “hybrid” approach to their business software
and services. Our focus is on making the integration
process easier for our customers, integrating desktop
software with supplementary business services delivered
as SaaS applications. As a Group, we continue to
introduce SaaS applications where appropriate for our
customers. These include Billing Boss, a SaaS invoicing
service in Canada, Sage 50 Accounts Professional Online
software integrated with online payment processing
services in the UK and Sage Douane Delta, a SaaS
application which enables French customers to file
their tax returns online.

In CRM, we are creating new interoperability among
our CRM solutions, ACT!, SageCRM and SalesLogix.
We are incorporating open web standards to enable
integration between the front and back office.
Our CRM strategy also embraces SaaS capabilities and
web 2.0 technologies which will provide users, such as
mobile salespeople, with an interactive experience from
a wide range of devices. Whether mobile, on-demand
or on-premise, our CRM solutions will provide sales
teams with a more complete picture of their customers
and enabling them to work more efficiently.

15

Cross company collaboration
Even though we take a predominantly local approach
we also place a great emphasis on collaboration across
our businesses. We work to leverage our accumulated
knowledge, innovation, technologies and resources which
enables us to continually improve the products and services
we deliver to our customers. This collaboration is on-going
and this year has included:

• Sharing innovation around our premium support models.
For example, the Sage Accountants’ Club Priority Link
in the UK, which provides priority access and dedicated
account management for its customers, benefited
from collaboration with our French and Spanish
businesses, which also have experience of offering
premium support contracts.

• The introduction of Sage ERP X3, acquired through

our French business in 2005, into the product portfolios
of our German and South African businesses.
• The roll-out of our global CRM strategy and its

interoperability platform across multiple geographies.

• The leveraging of the knowledge gained by our UK

business, when they developed the Sage 50 and Sage
200 suites, by our North American business to launch
the Sage Accpac ERP and Sage MAS Extended
Enterprise Suites.

Sage Douane Delta
Sage Douane Delta, is a SaaS application developed
by Sage in France to assist customers with online
filing of their tax returns. It has processed one million
returns since its launch in March 2007. The application
enables import/export businesses in France to ease
their transactions with French Customs (Douanes
Françaises) by giving them the ability to complete
their Customs returns online without generating
further paperwork or having to invest in sizeable IT
infrastructure. Customers are billed per transaction,
with no licence or maintenance fee, making Sage
Doaune Delta a cost effective solution.

“We take a pragmatic, impartial approach,
harnessing the most appropriate technologies
for the benefits they can bring to our customers.”

16

Entrepreneurship in action
An example of the benefits of our decentralised
business structure was demonstrated in Spain,
where new financial legislation aimed at improving
the standard of accounting procedures within SMEs
came into effect on 1 January 2008.

More than 98% of businesses in Spain are SMEs,
therefore, the legislation affected a large majority of the
country’s business population and Sage customers.
Research showed that 75% of employers were not
aware of the effects of this legislation on their
businesses. Consequently Sage Spain, along with
other key SME technology providers, conducted
a road show across the country designed to help
Spanish SMEs understand more about how the
new legislation impacts their businesses.

More than 31,000 people attended the road shows in
40 cities to find out, not only about the legislation, but
also how using software can improve their business
processes and help run their business more effectively.

Business structure

We have built our success on understanding and meeting
the needs of customers in their local markets. To capitalise
on our local expertise we operate through a decentralised
business structure whereby each country has substantial
autonomy in terms of local business strategy and operational
activities such as sales, marketing, support and research
and development.

Our decentralised business model provides local focus
alongside our global scale. This approach has a number
of benefits, including:

• An excellent understanding and accumulated knowledge
of local business environments and customer needs;

• The provision of local support which provides added value
for our customers, helps them run their businesses more
effectively and provides us with valuable feedback to
develop and improve our products and services;
• The ability to offer a choice of relevant, flexible and

scalable solutions, including those for specific industries,
incorporating local fiscal, legal and regulatory requirements;

• The agility to respond quickly to local market changes;
• A global scale and collaborative culture which enables

us to leverage and share knowledge, innovation,
technologies and resources across the Group;

• Devolved accountability and decision-making which
maintains an environment in which entrepreneurship
is encouraged; and

• Experience of working with growing SMEs across many
regions which means we understand the challenges
faced by larger businesses and can develop solutions
to meet their needs.

17

Our local management teams report into the CEO of their
region – UK & Ireland, Mainland Europe, North America
and Rest of World. The Executive Committee oversees
the management of all Sage operations and comprises
the regional CEOs and other senior leaders from across
the Group.

The Executive Committee is responsible for the
development and implementation of strategy, operational
plans, policies, procedures and budgets; the monitoring
of operating and financial performance; the assessment
and control of risk; the prioritisation and allocation of
resources and the monitoring of competitive forces in
each area of operation. It is supported by a Group team
which plays a key role in facilitating collaboration and the
leveraging of knowledge, innovation, technologies and
resources across the business.

Executive Committee

Karen Geary
Group Director of
Human Resources
and Corporate
Communications

Klaus-Michael
Vogelberg
Group Chief
Technology Officer

Paul Harrison
Group Finance
Director

David Clayton
Group Strategy
and Mergers and
Acquisitions Director

Paul Walker
Group Chief
Executive

Paul Stobart
CEO, UK & Ireland

Michael Robinson
Company Secretary
and Group Legal
Director

Ivan Epstein
CEO, South Africa
and Australia

Guy Berruyer
CEO, Mainland Europe
and Asia

Sue Swenson
CEO, North America

18

Business review | Our business and markets

Customerexperience

We differentiate ourselves through the superior experience
we deliver to our customers. Customers and their needs
and expectations lead our strategy. We aim to provide
our customers with an outstanding experience at every
level and in all their dealings with Sage. Understanding
their needs and the provision of specific and relevant
solutions are two key factors in providing a positive
customer experience. Building secure customer
relationships for the long-term is absolutely essential
for us to provide this outstanding experience.

Our partnerships are built on the on-going dialogue we
have with our customers, the provision of high quality
support and advice and the loyalty and trust that results
from it. We have 1.7 million support contracts with average
renewal rates of over 80%. Our emphasis on support is
reinforced by the resources we put behind it. More than
40% of our people work in technical support, customer
service or customer training roles and we receive over
36,000 calls a day from customers working in all sizes
and types of business.

We develop these relationships by providing customers
not only with support and advice on how to get the most
out of their software to enable better business
performance but also with guidance on business critical
topics. Many of our customers have limited sources
of advice and, very often, limited IT support. As such,
we believe we are not just a software supplier but a partner
in our customers’ businesses, helping them to manage
their businesses more effectively.

We will continue to provide support locally because we
believe that outstanding service has to be provided by
highly trained individuals who understand their customers,
their products, the local legislation and other local market
issues that affect them. By supporting, connecting and
building relationships with our customers in this way,
we aim to deliver an extraordinary experience which
is unmatched in our industry.

“Our emphasis on support is reinforced by the
resources we put behind it. Across the business
as a whole, more than 40% of our people work
in technical support, customer service or
customer training roles.”

19

20

“Our distribution channels include retail stores, web
retailers, direct from Sage, or indirect through our
worldwide network of over 40,000 accountants and
30,000 business partners and resellers.”

21

Distribution channels

Sage has strong routes to market which are tailored to
match customer needs. Our distribution channels include
retail stores, web retailers, direct from Sage or indirect
through our worldwide network of over 40,000
accountants and 30,000 business partners and resellers.
We constantly seek innovative ways to reach our
customers and, as a result, have also developed
partnerships with leading banks to package our software
and services as part of their wider offerings to SMEs.

Although retail sales account for a small part of our total
revenues, it is an important component in acquiring new
customers. As these new businesses grow, they upgrade
and extend their software solutions, leading to future
revenue streams.

Many of our products and services are sold direct by our
telesales teams through new customer contact and
customer enquiry follow-up, especially at the entry-level
where product implementation is relatively straightforward.
For our larger mid-market customers who require a greater
degree of customisation, our business partners play a
valuable role in our sales process.

Our business partners are very much an extension
of the Sage ecosystem and provide additional local
expertise, implementation, training and support as
well as customisation and specialist sector knowledge.
Our leading position in the small business market also
provides our partners with a strong source of leads
and migration opportunities.

Sage’s network of accountants and small business
advisors also play an important role as recommenders
and resellers of Sage products.

This diversity of distribution channels is one of our key
business strengths, reflecting our understanding of the
SME marketplace.

Sage Asia’s annual business
partner conference.

22 Business review | Our business and markets

Acquisition strategy

Acquisitions have always been an important component
in our growth strategy and are an effective method of
entering new geographic markets through an established
customer base and proven product distribution. We have
successfully entered many new geographic territories over
time, including North America in 1991, Mainland Europe in
1992, South Africa and Australia in 2004 and the Far East
in 2006.

In markets where we have established businesses, we
look for acquisitions that add new products and services
to our portfolio that we can offer our customers. This
includes industry-specific solutions such as our acquisitions
of Timberline in North America and Tekton in the UK which
offered solutions for construction companies and XRT
in Europe which complemented our existing solution in
treasury management. The acquisition of Verus (Sage
Payment Solutions Division) in the US and Protx in the
UK brought us new capability in payment processing to
offer SMEs as they increasingly sell to remote customers
through the internet and telesales. We also use acquisitions
to enter new industry segments, such as healthcare, which
we entered in 2006 with Emdeon (Sage Healthcare Division).

We integrate new acquisitions into our corporate structure
at a local level under the supervision of our regional
management teams. This allows us to preserve local
market expertise, whilst overlaying the synergies of a larger
global company. Early on, we apply the Sage business
model by developing effective migration strategies from
entry-level solutions to mid-market and industry-specific
solutions and from legacy systems to more efficient,
integrated solutions.

An important step in improving margins and driving
revenue growth in new acquisitions is to develop the
Sage customer support concept which offers high quality
business support to our customers. We also share best
practice from around our global businesses which we
apply as appropriate, such as combined software/support
contracts, which are growing well in most of our markets.

Acquisitions will remain an important part of our corporate
strategy, particularly in the newer economies of China,
India, Eastern Europe and South America where large
numbers of SMEs are beginning to automate their
business processes. Our acquisition valuation model is
financially robust, based on conservative assumptions and
a discounted cash flow model. We remain committed to
financial prudence in our acquisitions. Over the past year,
this has led to a decline in the number of acquisitions we
have completed, as asset prices have remained inflated.
We remain active in evaluating potential acquisitions and
are well placed to benefit from future opportunities when
asset prices approach realistic valuations.

The common denominator linking all our acquisitions
is our focus on the SME market, where our corporate
expertise lies.

Softline (South Africa), acquired
in 2004 opens new offices in
Johannesburg in 2008.

Significant acquisition history*

Year

2007
2006

2005

2004

2003
2001
2000
1999

1998
1997
1994/1995
1992
1991

Company

Industry specialism

XRT
Emdeon
Verus
Adonix
Elit
UBS
Logic Control
Symfonia
Softline

Grupo SP
ACCPAC
Timberline
Interact
Best
Peachtree
Tetra
Sesam
State of the Art
KHK
Saari & Sybel
Ciel
DacEasy

Treasury
Healthcare vertical
Payment processing
Accounting: Mid-market
Transport and food distribution vertical
Accounting: Entry-level (new territory)
Accounting: Mid-market
Accounting: Entry-level (new territory)
Accounting: Entry-level (new territory)
Payroll, Accountants vertical (new territory)
Accounting: Entry-level (new territory)
Accounting, CRM: Mid-market
Construction vertical
CRM
Fixed Asset, Payroll, HR
Accounting: Entry-level
Accounting: Mid-market
Accounting: Mid-market (new territory)
Accounting: Mid-market
Accounting: Mid-market (new territory)
Accounting: Mid-market, becoming Sage France
Accounting: Entry-level (new territory)
Accounting: Entry-level (new territory)

Country

France
US
US
France
France
Malaysia
Spain
Poland
South Africa
Australia
Spain
US & Canada
US
US
US
US
UK
Switzerland
US
Germany
France
France
US

* Acquisitions of a value more than £25m (other than the entry into a new territory).

23

Value

£53m
£315m
£174m
£98m
£31m
£12m
£56m
£10m

£53m

{

£55m
£76m
£54m
£227m
£270m
£88m
£81m
£11m
£131m
£46m
£46m
£5m
£15m

24

Business review | Our business and markets

Corporate responsibility(“CR”)

Sage is committed to acting as a responsible corporate
citizen. We take a pragmatic approach to CR which
enables us to focus our commitment on areas that are the
most relevant to Sage, our people and where we believe
we can make a difference.

We aim to measure our progress and whilst any standards
established by local legislation will apply as a minimum, we
intend to achieve best practice in the local context of every
country in which we operate and to share this across the
Group for continuous improvement. Our approach also
builds in flexibility for our businesses to enable them to
focus on the areas of strategic importance to them locally.

This is the basis for a new policy which we have embedded
throughout the business during the financial year. The policy
has four areas of focus – our people, the environment,
supporting industry and working with our local communities
and charities.

People
Our strategic goal is to be an admired employer.
This means that people will want to join Sage as
a place of choice, achievement and opportunity, and
one where they can be genuinely successful and fulfilled
in their careers. People who work with us will recognise
that the environment we create maximises their potential
and is a place where innovation and creativity can
flourish. All of our operating companies are working
towards these aims.

We continue to adopt a consultative approach with our
employees through many means including focus groups,
employee committees and employee surveys. This work
is locally-led to ensure it is meaningful and relevant to
our people.

In terms of furthering our people agenda, this year we have
encouraged our businesses to focus on talent, equity and
engagement. Targets for improvement are set locally and
approved at Group level.

Sage UK employees travelled to Tanzania to
help renovate a nursery and build playground
facilities for children in the village of Mahida.

25

Talent
As talent is critical to the future growth and success of
Sage, we have worked at a global level to introduce new
processes to identify and nurture emerging talent during
the year. This process includes a review of talent at both a
regional and a global level as well as succession planning
for senior roles.

Equity
Diversity and fairness has always been a part of the way
Sage does business. This year we introduced a global
“code of ethics” into the business as part of our
compliance framework. This sets out the standards
which all operating companies are expected to meet
regarding diversity and fairness amongst other things and
communicates to employees our stance. Our operating
companies have been working on embedding this into
their businesses.

Engagement
One of our strategic goals is to be an employer of choice.
Many of our operating companies chose to focus on
employee engagement levels and how to improve
employee satisfaction and thus improve the customer
experience and ultimately business performance.

Leaders who inspire an
extraordinary customer experience
Sage aspires to be the most admired and respected
business software and services provider in the world
and we have to deliver this in an environment of
increasing customer expectations and strong
competition. As we continue to shape our strategy
and look to our future needs, the time is right to focus
on leadership in Sage and define the leadership
qualities we need to be successful in the future.
Over the course of 2008 a team of global leaders has
developed an aspirational leadership standard against
which all of our current leaders and emerging talent will
be benchmarked. The new standard sets out our vision
for what successful leadership will be in Sage and
defines the behavioural and cultural attributes we need
and expect. Roll-out and integration at a local level has
begun and will continue into 2009 with the launch of a
global educational programme for senior leaders.

26 Business review | Our business and markets

Environment
Sage is an office-based organisation and as such our
environmental impacts are less than those of some
industries. Our role in automating business processes
helps organisations reduce their environmental impacts
for example through reduced use of paper. An example
of this is shown in commercial context on page 15,
Sage Douane Delta, a tool for electronic filing of tax
returns. Our businesses are reducing the inclusion
of paper documentation with software and maximising
electronic downloads.

We are introducing carbon emissions reporting and waste
measurement across our businesses. Our goal is to reduce
our impacts. However, first we must understand what
these are. This year we have put in place a process to
begin measuring the carbon impact of our major offices.
Our aim has been to:

• Understand better our impact in terms of carbon

emissions and waste;

• Create a benchmark set of data for our business;
• Require operating companies to begin measurement;
• Build awareness inside the organisation of environmental

impact; and

• Identify opportunities for reduction and cost-savings.

UK carbon footprint
Reflecting our focus on better understanding our impact
in terms of carbon and waste, during 2008 our UK
business undertook a carbon footprint estimation
exercise. This included emissions produced as a result of:

• Energy consumption (gas and electricity);
• Air conditioning use;
• Business travel (including hotel stays

and fleet vehicles);

• Commuting; and
• Waste.

The exercise included all five main office locations in
the UK. he overall footprint for the UK business for the
12 months from April 2007 to March 2008 was 9,874
tonnes of CO2. The sources of CO2 were broken down
as follows:

Data
Data collection took place over a six month period in order
to get a benchmark set of data. We have based our
calculations on UK Defra conversion factors or local
government published carbon conversion factors where
these were available within that country.

The data collected was for a six month period.
From 1 August 2008 we will collect on an annual cycle.

Operating
company
UK & Ireland
France
Spain
Germany
Poland
North America
South Africa
China

Total carbon
emissions from
energy
(tonnes)
2,965
3,771
866
621
99
5,433
1,270
12

Wholly owned or wholly leased buildings for which energy data
is available.

Energy awareness
Our operating companies are encouraged to seek ways
to minimise impact through employee education and
awareness. This year one of the principal means of doing
this was through Sage Day, our annual event which enables
our employees to spend time connecting with one another
and with their local community in meaningful ways. Our
theme this year was “being green” and our offices took
part in a variety of local activities to educate and enthuse
people about making changes at work and at home.

Emissions CO2 by category

Waste in tonnes to landfill

C

A

B

F

D

E

A
B
C
D
E
F

Air conditioning
Waste
Gas
Business travel
Commuting
Electricity
Total

%
1
1
11
18
20
49
100

A

B

C

D

E

A
B
C
D

E

London, Protx
Winnersh
Manchester
Newcastle,  
Benton Park
Newcastle,  
North Park
Total

tonnes
4.5
31.5
15.8

25.1

136.2
213.1

27

Community and charity
Our people have a long history of actively supporting a
wide range of charities and community organisations that
are most meaningful to them. Activities like fundraising,
sponsorship and volunteering are very common in Sage
offices around the globe. These are entirely locally-led with
each business setting its own direction on community and
charity activity. As a result, the support we give is extremely
diverse and manifests itself in numerous ways many of
which cannot be valued in monetary terms.

In addition to these efforts, Sage donated £285,000
to charitable causes (2007: £220,000) in the year.

Examples of community and charity work we do are featured
in each of our regional reviews on pages 30 to 37

As part of the Sage Day celebrations
in Portugal, children of Sage employees
came to the office to take part in the
community activities.

Supporting industry
Our role in supporting commerce and industry is easy to
underestimate. With products and services that enable
businesses to manage their processes, what we do every
day enables businesses to make decisions, grow and
operate more effectively. Our goal is to be a partner with
our customers, delivering an outstanding experience which
enables them to achieve their business ambitions. This can
be evidenced through our programmes to improve the
customer experience and encourage entrepreneurship
and start-ups. Operating companies can take a proactive
stance and develop their approach according to what is
relevant in their local markets and supports the Sage brand.

Examples of Sage getting closer to its customers
and supporting entrepreneurs:
• Creation of an online ACT! community enabling

customers to collaborate with each other and with
Sage helping them get the most from their software;

• A joint working initiative with the Portuguese government
to make it easier for Sage customers to submit accurate
tax returns and decrease tax avoidance;
• Work to reduce software piracy in Spain;
• Support of the development of the not-for-profit sector

in North America through an association with TechSoup,
an organisation which provides free business software
to eligible charitable entities;

• Sage in South Africa (Softline) co-sponsored with a major
radio station an awards programme for small start-ups
and entrepreneurs which enables customers to nominate
SMEs for high quality customer service;

• Sage Switzerland sponsored start-up initiatives;
• Sage in North America launched a “family owned and

operated support programme” which offers free software
to family owned and operated businesses that may be
struggling in the current volatile economic climate.

“Our role in supporting commerce and industry
is easy to underestimate. With products and
services that enable businesses to manage
their processes, what we do every day enables
businesses to make decisions, grow and operate
more effectively.”

28

KPIs

As summarised on page 9, our corporate strategy
is focused on creating value and building a strong,
sustainable business with high levels of customer
satisfaction. We monitor our performance against
a number of different benchmarks which allow us
to measure the value we are creating for both our
customers and our shareholders.

In selecting these KPIs, we have incorporated our
strategic goals set out on page 9.

Consistent and sustainable earnings growth, organic
revenue growth and strong cash generation from our
businesses are KPIs. Over the year, we performed well
against these financial benchmarks and in line with our
forecasts at the beginning of the financial year.

We also closely monitor the degree of customer
satisfaction relating to our products and services.
We take over 9 million calls a year, or over 36,000 calls a
day, from all over the world. This customer feedback helps
us improve our products and services as well as providing
a rich source of input on customer satisfaction levels.

A KPI of customer satisfaction is the level of renewal rates
on our service support contracts. Customers who choose
to renew their service contracts, upgrade their software or
migrate to new Sage products, by definition must have a
high degree of satisfaction with Sage. Our renewal rates
historically have been over 80% and in 2008 we again
achieved this high rate of customer renewal.

Adjusted EPS growth

EBITA margin

+3%

2008

2007

2006

2005

23%

pence

14.44

2008

14.07

12.36

10.53

2007

2006

2005

Organic revenue growth
Excluding Sage Healthcare Division 

+6%

%

23

24

26

2008

2007

2006

27

2005

29

%

7

7

6

6

0.000

8.664

2.888

11.552

5.776
Adjusted EPS represents income for the
financial year, prior to the amortisation of
intangible assets, divided by the weighted
average number of ordinary shares in issue
during the year. All figures provided above are
restated to reflect the neutralisation of foreign
exchange movements.

5.4

16.2

10.8

21.6

0.0
EBITA is defined as earnings before interest,
tax and amortisation. This measure excludes
the effects of amortisation of acquired
intangible assets and the net amortisation
or capitalisation of software development
expenditure. The EBITA margin represents
EBITA divided by revenue for the year.

7.0

1.4

2.8

5.6

4.2

0.0
Organic revenues are derived from our core
business operations, excluding the contribution
from acquisitions and disposals made in the
current and prior year, along with non-core
products. Current year revenue is compared to
the prior financial year translated on consistent
exchange rates to eliminate distortions due to
fluctuations in exchange rates.

Cash generation from operations

Renewal rate on maintenance  
and support contracts

114%

81%

2008

2007

2006

%

114

112

107

2008

2007

2006

2005
0.0

119

2005
119.00.000000

23.8

47.6

71.4

95.2

Cash flows from operating activities divided
by EBITA provide a measure of the ability of the
Group to yield cash from its on-going business
to reinvest and fund liabilities. The Group aims
to maintain positive cash generation from
operations.

16.200001 32.400002 48.600002 64.800003

Customer retention is an important measure
of competitiveness in the market. Renewal rates
are calculated as the number of maintenance
and support contracts which were renewed in
the period divided by the number of contracts
which were potentially renewable in the period.

%

81

81

80

78

30

“The UK business delivered solid revenue growth for the year. Total
revenues grew by 10% overall to £245.7m (2007: £224.1m) with
organic revenue growth of 3% for the year. Sage50, our flagship UK
product, grew by 8%, despite a difficult market. Our fully integrated
product suite solutions, Sage200and Sage1000, launched last
year, continue to be well received by our customers and business
partners alike.”

UK& Ireland

Including: United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland
CEO: Paul Stobart

Performance

Revenue

£245.7m
+10%

2008
2008

2007

EBITA†

Customers

Contracts

£88.5m
EBITA† margin36%

2008
2008

2007
2007

772,000
+31,000

2008
2008

2007
2007

£m

88.5
88.5

82.7
82.6

£m
£m

245.7
245.7

224.1
224.1

363,000

’000

772
772

741
741

2008
2008

2007
2007

’000

363
363

363
363

0.000000

49.139999

98.279999

147.419998

196.559998

245.699997

0.0

154.4

308.8

463.2

617.6

772.0

0.0
0.0

72.6
72.6

145.2
145.2

217.8
217.8

290.4
290.4

363.0
363.0

Software and software-related
services revenue

Revenue by sector

D E

A

C

B

A
B
C
D
E

Accounting
Industry-specific
HR and payroll
CRM
Payment processing
Total

%
52
9
30
6
3
100

Subscription revenue

£160.5m
+13%

2008
2008

2007
2007

£85.2m
+4%

2008
2008

2007
2007

£m
£m

160.5
161

142.3
142

£m

85.2
85

81.8
82

0.0

32.2

64.4

96.6

128.8

161.0

0
0

17
17

34
34

51
51

68
68

85
85

† Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of intangible fixed assets (“EBITA”).

Regional results
Total UK & Ireland revenues grew by 10% to £245.7m
(2007: £224.1m). Organic revenue growth was 3% for
the year, as the deteriorating macroeconomic environment
in the second half of the year affected growth in software
and software-related services. Sage 50, our flagship
UK product, grew by 8%, driven by our combined
software/support contract, SageCover Extra. Our fully
integrated product suite solutions, Sage 200 and Sage
1000, launched last year, continue to be well received by
our customers and business partners alike. Sage 200
performed strongly over the year, although Sage 1000,
in the upper mid-market, was more affected by the
challenging market conditions. Protx, the payment
services solution, also performed strongly. HR and
payroll reported modest growth in the absence
of legislative stimulus.

The EBITA† margin decreased to 36% (2007: 37%),
due to the dilutive effects of acquisitions.

Acquisitions
Two acquisitions were made in the UK over the year. KCS,
a leading supplier of HR and payroll services in the UK,
was completed in October 2007 for an enterprise value
of £20.2m. KCS extended our payroll offering into the
mid-market and complemented our prior year acquisition
in this area, Snowdrop. The acquisition of Tekton, a leading
supplier to mid-market construction companies, was
completed in March 2008 for an enterprise value of
£19.8m. Tekton complements our existing construction
solution, Sage 50 CIS, which targets smaller construction
companies. Both acquisitions are important strategic steps
in broadening our UK product offering.

Marketplace
The UK & Ireland are our original markets where Sage was
founded in 1981. We have, over time, established a strong
market position to become one of the leading suppliers of
software solutions in the UK and the Sage brand enjoys
high customer awareness.

We sell over two thirds of our products and services direct
to our customers through our own telesales and direct
marketing teams. We also have a strong distribution
network of business partners who resell our products
and services, along with banks and accountancy practices
recommending our products and services, to mid-market
customers. Our business partners offer additional services
such as integration, training and specialist industry
knowledge, helping us build a long-term relationship with
our customers. Our customer support model also fosters
strong customer loyalty, which is one of our key
competitive advantages.

Our business
Over the past year, we added 31,000 new customers in
the UK & Ireland, an increase of 4% over the prior year.
Sage 50 remains the market leading product since its
launch in 1986, and it remains our UK & Ireland business’s
most popular product. Over the years, we have expanded

31

our product offering to include CRM, HR and payroll,
business intelligence, payment solutions and industry-
specific solutions for construction, manufacturing and retail
industries. Our product offering has also extended into
solutions for start-up businesses, such as TAS and
Instant, and solutions for larger enterprise customers,
including Sage 200 and Sage 1000.

Our product development has more recently been focused
on helping our customers run their businesses more
efficiently through easier integration and implementation
of new product modules. Sage 200 and Sage 1000,
launched in spring 2007, are the UK & Ireland’s first fully
integrated product suites, offering financial accounting,
CRM, payroll and business intelligence all in one package.
Customers can choose which modules they wish to
integrate, allowing them a fully customised solution with
minimal integration obstacles. This year we have also
launched tailored solutions for specific business functions,
such as financial controller and human resources, which
include specialist modules. These packaged solutions
have proven to be very popular with our customers.

We continue to innovate our products and improve the
quality of our customers’ experience. Combined software/
support contracts, which offer customers an update to
their software each year as part of their support contract,
remain one of our most popular packages. Demand for
high quality support continues to grow, and we have
extended and broadened our range of support offerings
from basic support to new services, such as HR and
payroll and Sage Accountants’ Club Priority Link,
a combined software/support contract designed for
multi-seat professional practices.

We also offer various tiers of support for each product so
that customers can select the level of support they need.
Our objective is to offer our customers an exceptional
customer experience and to become a true partner in
running their businesses more efficiently.

Sage in the community
Our people in Sage’s Newcastle office donated
their time and energy by volunteering for Sport
Relief, a UK wide initiative to raise money for
charity through encouraging people to participate
in sport.

Part of the North Park headquarters became
a charity call centre for the evening of the
14 March 2008 and over 100 volunteers from
Sage gave up their time to receive telephone
donations from members of the public on behalf
of Sport Relief. Sport Relief took place over the
whole weekend, starting with a live televised
entertainment show on the Friday night and
culminating in a series of charity runs across
the country on the Sunday.

32

“Our businesses in Mainland Europe had a good year. Total revenues
grew by 15%* overall to £457.3m (2007: £395.9m*) with strong
organic revenue growth of 9%*. France reported 7%* organic revenue
growth for the full year. Germany, as forecast, recovered in the second
half of the year and Spain recorded another year of excellent organic
revenue growth of 25%*, with growth across most of its product
range, stimulated by changes in accounting legislation. Poland
enjoyed strong organic revenue growth of 18%* driven by its mid-
market solutions and the continued extension of customer support.”

Mainland Europe

Including: Austria, Belgium, France (including subsidiaries in Brazil
and Morocco), Germany, Poland, Portugal, Spain and Switzerland.
CEO: Guy Berruyer

Performance

Revenue

£457.3m
+15%*

2008

2007

£m

457.3

395.9*

EBITA†

Customers

Contracts

£100.2m
EBITA† margin 22%

2008

2007

1,629,000
+127,000

2008

2007

’000

1,629

1,502

628,000
+59,000

2008

2007

’000

628

569

£m

100.2

91.5*

0.000000

91.459998

182.919995

274.379993

365.839990

457.2999880.000000

20.039999

40.079999

60.119998

80.159998

100.199997 0.0

325.8

651.6

977.4

1303.2

1629.0

0.0

125.6

251.2

376.8

502.4

628.0

A
B
C
D

Accounting
Industry-specific
HR and payroll
CRM
Total

%
79
17
2
2
100

Subscription revenue

Software and software-related 
services revenue

£237.5m
+19%*

2008

2007

£m

237.5

198.7*

£219.8m
+12%*

2008

2007

B

£m

219.8

197.2*

Revenue by sector

C

A

D

0.0

47.4

94.8

142.2

189.6

237.0 0.000000

43.960001

87.920001

131.880002

175.840002

219.800003

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2007 have been retranslated

based on the average exchange rates for the year ended 30 September 2008 of $1.97/£1
and B1.31/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

† Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of intangible fixed assets (“EBITA”).

£

Regional results
Our businesses in Mainland Europe experienced strong
growth throughout the year. Total revenues in Mainland
Europe grew by 15%* overall to £457.3m (2007:
£395.9m*) with strong organic revenue growth of 9%*.
France reported 7%* organic revenue growth for the full
year. Excellent performances from our entry-level business,
Ciel! and mid-market solutions contributed to France’s
strong growth. Germany, as forecast, recovered in the
second half of the year, although a muted performance in
Switzerland held back combined organic revenue growth
in Germany/Switzerland to 1%*. Office Line, CRM and
mid-market solutions all performed well. Spain recorded
another year of excellent organic revenue growth of 25%*,
with growth across most of its product range, stimulated
by changes in accounting legislation. Poland enjoyed
strong organic revenue growth of 18%* driven by its
mid-market solutions and the continued extension of
customer support.

The EBITA† margin reduced to 22% (2007: 23%*), primarily
as a result of restructuring charges associated with our
French logistics business and the integration of a lower
margin Swiss acquisition completed in the prior year.

Acquisitions
In Spain this year we acquired Eurowin for an enterprise
value of £11.2m. Eurowin supplies software to Spanish
small businesses through a dedicated partner channel.
The acquisition extends our leading market position at the
entry-level and adds to our business partner distribution
network in Spain.

Marketplace
We entered the European market in 1992 and are now
one of the leading suppliers of business software to
SMEs in Mainland Europe. In France, our Ciel! brand is a
well-established market leader at the entry-level. Sage 100
and industry-specific solutions for manufacturing, services
and financial institutions also lead their respective markets
in France for medium and larger enterprises. Our French
business has also been a fast-growing division supplying
Sage products and services to French-speaking African
countries where small businesses are rapidly automating
their business processes.

In Germany, we enjoy a strong position with our entry-level
and mid-market solutions, Office Line as well as Baürer
and Sage ERP X3 supplying the upper mid-market.

Spain has enjoyed rapid growth and established a market-
leading position through application of the Sage business
model, including customer support and migration
strategies from SP products at the entry-level to Logic
Class in the mid-market.

33

Poland, Portugal and Belgium are smaller markets which
also enjoyed good growth as SMEs automate their
business processes.

In Mainland Europe, direct sales to our customers account
for 71% of our revenues. Retail sales, primarily at the entry-
level, account for 1% of total sales. Business partners,
who provide installation and integration of our mid-market
solutions, account for 28% of sales.

Our business
Our businesses in Mainland Europe cover a wide range of
markets, from established SME markets in Germany and
France to the dynamic newer markets of Spain, Poland
and Portugal where SMEs are rapidly using technology
to enhance business efficiency. All have grown steadily
through the application of the Sage business model to
our various markets, including strong migration strategies,
good distribution coverage and extension of our customer
support concept. We continue to develop our customer
support model in all our markets in Mainland Europe,
adding new tiers of support and added features. As in the
UK, customer demand for high quality customer support
remains strong and is driving growth across our markets.
Over the year, we added 127,000 new customers in
Mainland Europe (37,000 through acquisitions), an
increase of 8%.

We are also expanding our portfolio of products and
services into newer areas such as CRM, HR and payroll
and customer support. We have also developed industry-
specific solutions in treasury management, distribution
and logistics in France and Spain and international
products in France, Spain and Germany and for SMEs
working across national borders but still demanding
the local customisation and flexibility of traditional
Sage solutions.

Sage in the community
At Sage France the team invited customers
to participate in a survey about their business
and for each completed survey Sage made a
donation to Ashoka, a charity which supports
social entrepreneurship. More than 5,000
surveys were completed generating in excess
of 50,000 euros for the charity. Sage’s donation
will be used to help the organisation “Signes
de Sens”, a social enterprise which works on
awareness of inclusiveness for the hard-of-
hearing/non-hearing in France. Signes de
Sens is also a Sage customer, so Sage offered
them an updated version of their software
along with support and strategic advice to
aid business planning.

34

“This has been a transitional year for our North American business
and a period of organisational change. In March 2008 we appointed
Sue Swenson as President and CEO to lead our North American
business. Over the year she has assembled a strong and experienced
executive management team and is focusing on driving operational
improvements and earnings growth.”

North America

Including: Canada and United States.
CEO: Sue Swenson

Performance

Revenue

EBITA†

Customers

Contracts

£500.9m
-3%*

2008

2007

£87.7m
EBITA† margin 18%

2,995,000
+124,000

£m

£m

601,000
+3,000

’000

500.9

515.6*

2008

2007

87.7

102.2*

2008

2007

2,995

2,871

2008

2007

’000

601

598

0.000000

103.119995

206.239990

309.359985

412.479980

515.5999760.000000

20.439999

40.879999

61.319998

81.759998

102.199997 0

599

1198

1797

2396

2995

0.0

120.2

240.4

360.6

480.8

601.0

Subscription revenue

£351.3m
+3%*

Software and software-related 
services revenue

Revenue by sector

£149.6m
-14%*

£m

A

E

D

C

£m

A
B
C
D
E

Accounting
Industry-specific
HR and payroll
CRM
Payment processing
Total

B

%
37
41
4
9
9
100

2008

2007

351.3

342.3*

2008

2007

149.6

173.3*

0.000000

70.259998

140.519995

210.779993

281.039990

351.2999880.000000

34.660001

69.320001

103.980002

138.640002

173.300003

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2007 have been retranslated

based on the average exchange rates for the year ended 30 September 2008 of $1.97/£1
and B1.31/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

† Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of intangible fixed assets (“EBITA”).

£

35

Regional results
This has been a transitional year for our North American
business and a period of organisational change. In March
2008, we appointed Sue Swenson as President and CEO
to lead our North American business. She was joined in
June 2008 by Marc Loupé as Chief Financial Officer of
North America. Lindy Benton, who brings extensive
experience in healthcare industry management, joined
in September 2008 as Chief Operating Officer of Sage
Healthcare Division. Greg Hammermaster joined in
November 2008, after the end of the financial year, as
President of Sage Payment Solutions Division. Greg has
long-term experience of the payments industry. The new
executive management team is focusing on driving
operational improvements and earnings growth.

Excluding Sage Healthcare Division, total revenues in
North America grew by 1%* to £361.8m (2007: £358.9m*),
which also represented organic revenue growth of 1%*.
Including Sage Healthcare Division organic revenues
contracted by 3%*. The Business Management Division
(“BMD”) reported flat revenues for the year, as did its key
products, Peachtree and the MAS range. Simply, the
market leader in Canada recorded good growth, as did
specialist solutions such as FAS and the accountants’
club. Organic revenue growth in the Industry & Specialised
Solutions Division (“ISSD”) was 3%*. Sage Timberline
Office/Master Builder reported modest growth despite
challenging conditions in the US construction industry.
Non Profit Solutions continued to show good growth.
Sage Payment Solutions Division (“PSD”) grew by 5%*
for the full year, reflecting the slowing US economy and
turmoil in the credit markets towards the end of the year.

Revenues at Sage Healthcare Division contracted 11%*,
as, over the course of the year, management concentrated
on improving operational efficiency within the business and
increasing margins, after a significant restructuring of the
business. Good progress is being made in stabilising the
support operations and network services.

Similar to the UK, our North American business
experienced an economic slowdown as the year
progressed. This affected the second half performance
of PSD, whilst BMD and ISSD both saw softening late
in the second half of the year.

The EBITA† margin decreased, in line with our guidance
last year, to 18% (2007: 20%*) as a result of investment
made in our support operations in BMD.

Marketplace
North America is our largest business with over 70% of
our solutions sold direct to our customers, 2% of revenues
through retail and 28% through our large network of
business partners. We entered the American market in
1991, and over time have established a strong market
position in both the United States and Canada. We are the
market leader in Canada with our Simply brand, and in the
United States, our Peachtree brand is the second largest
brand at the entry-level. Our mid-market products,

MAS 90/200/500 and Accpac products are amongst
some of the most popular solutions for companies
requiring deeper functionality and customisation to
manage their business processes. North America has
always been our largest market for CRM solutions.
We have three CRM solutions in our product portfolio,
ACT!, SageCRM and SalesLogix, which all enjoy high
market awareness and strong customer satisfaction.

Our business
Over the year, we added 124,000 new customers, an
increase of 4%. Our strong portfolio of products and
services offers our customers a wide range of solutions
to meet their specific requirements, such as Peachtree
and Peachtree Quantum which offer flexibility and good
functionality to smaller and medium-sized businesses.
MAS 90/200/500 are our mid-market products offering
larger companies a high degree of customisation and
deeper functionality. We also have a number of specialised
solutions to manage fixed asset registers (FAS) and human
resources functions (ABRA) as well as products for
specialised industries, including not-for-profit, construction
and real estate (Timberline/Master Builder) and doctors
practices (Sage Healthcare Division). Sage Payment
Solutions is one of our newer services, which is being
integrated into our Peachtree and MAS product ranges to
offer our customers a payment system that feeds directly
into the sales and finance functions.

North America is also collaborating with our UK and
Mainland Europe businesses on introducing a number
of best practice initiatives. Combined software/support
contracts were introduced last year as Peachtree Business
Care and Simply Care and have experienced strong
customer demand. These programmes will gradually
be extended and are expected to drive future growth.
North America has also adopted the integrated product
suite concept, called Extended Enterprise Suites.
Both Peachtree and MAS can now be fully integrated
with CRM, FAS and Payment Solutions in Extended
Enterprise Suites.

Sage in the community
Our North American employees have always
strongly supported charitable activities at a
local level. This year they introduced payroll
giving with a matching employer contribution,
initiated a charitable Volunteer Day allowing
employees a paid day off to volunteer at a
charity and volunteered in local health centres
as part of a week-long focus on community
health. As part of “Sage Day 2008”, in which
over 50 charities benefited, our people
distributed environmentally friendly shopping
bags, promoted car pool programmes,
planted trees and removed waste from
parks and beaches.

36

“Our businesses in Rest of World enjoyed another excellent
year, with total revenues growing by 16%* to £91.1m (2007:
£78.5m*) and organic revenue growth of 14%*. Our businesses
in Rest of World cover a diverse geographic area with differing
market conditions.”

Rest of World – Asia
and Southern Hemisphere

CEO Asia: Guy Berruyer (pictured left), including: Bahrain,
China, Dubai, India, Malaysia, Saudi Arabia, Singapore,
and Thailand.

CEO Southern Hemisphere: Ivan Epstein (pictured right),
including: Australia, Botswana, Namibia, and South Africa.

Performance

Revenue

£91.1m
+16%*

2008

2007

£m

91.1

78.5*

EBITA†

Customers

Contracts

£23.4m
EBITA† margin 26%

501,000
+59,000

2008

2007

154,000
+35,000

2008

2007

’000

501

442

’000

154

2

119

£m

23.4

20.7*

2008

2007

0.000000

18.220001

36.440003

54.660004

72.880006

0.000000

4.680000

9.360000

14.039999

18.719999

23.399999 0.0

100.2

200.4

300.6

400.8

501.0

0.0

30.8

61.6

92.4

123.2

154.0

Subscription revenue

Software and software-related
services revenue

Revenue by sector

£36.5m
+19%*

2008

2007

£54.6m
+15%*

2008

2007

£m

36.5

30.8*

£m

54.6

47.7*

0.0

7.3

14.6

21.9

29.2

36.5

0.000000

10.920000

21.839999

32.759999

43.679999

54.599998

D

A

C

B

A
B
C
D

Accounting
Industry-specific
HR and payroll
CRM
Total

%
41
10
44
5
100

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2007 have been retranslated

based on the average exchange rates for the year ended 30 September 2008 of $1.97/£1
and B1.31/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

† Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of intangible fixed assets (“EBITA”).

£

37

Regional results
Total revenues in Rest of World grew by 16%* to £91.1m
(2007: £78.5m*). Organic revenue growth was 14%*.
South Africa had another impressive year, with a strong
finish to the year and excellent growth in support,
payroll and international products. Australia experienced
good revenue growth in the first half, with only a slight
moderation to growth in the second half. India, China
and the Middle East all grew strongly, successfully
leveraging our existing solutions such as Sage ERP X3,
CRM products and Sage Accpac ERP to build their
market positions.

The EBITA† margin was maintained at 26% (2007: 26%*).

Marketplace
Our businesses in Rest of World cover a diverse
geographic area with differing market conditions.
South Africa is one of our fastest growing businesses,
driven by the rapid development of the SME community
automating their business processes and implementing
Pastel Accounting, the market leader in South Africa.
Through South Africa, we are expanding into other
businesses in African countries.

In Australia, we are the leading supplier of payroll solutions
to SMEs. We also have a strong position in the Far East,
where we are the market leader in Malaysia and
Singapore, and have small, rapidly growing businesses
in China, India and the Middle East which are supplying
the emerging SME community.

Many of our solutions in Rest of World are mid-market
products and services. Consequently, 34% of our sales are
through our business partner network. Direct sales through
our own sales teams comprise 64% and retail contributes 2%.

Our business
Over the year, we added 59,000 new customers, an
increase of 13%. South Africa’s Pastel Accounting and
VIP Payroll continues to expand through migration and
strong customer support offerings. Through innovation
and a close customer relationship, Australia has
maintained its market leadership and developed new
solutions in construction. We have well-established and
fast-growing businesses in newer markets such as China,
India, Malaysia, Singapore, Dubai and Saudi Arabia.
SMEs in these emerging markets are increasingly
automating their business process using financial
accounting software. Our products and services are
particularly well suited to these types of markets with
large numbers of emerging SMEs.

The market for CRM solutions is less developed in
emerging markets. Our CRM products are enjoying
rapid growth off a still nascent base, providing a platform
for future growth.

“South Africa hadanother impressiveyear,
with strong growth in support, payroll and
international products. Australiaexperienced
good revenue growth.”
Ivan Epstein

Sage in the community
The Pastel Schools Programme aims to
introduce computerised accounting to every
Grade 10, 11 and 12 pupil in South Africa to
better educate young people in financial
management skills that can increase job
opportunities and benefit industry and
commerce as more financially skilled young
people enter the workforce. The programme
requires an investment of R1m per year to
support the 200 educators and 100 schools
involved across the country. Pastel developed
a computerised training programme which fits
with the schooling curriculum and is approved
by the South African Government.

“India, China, Malaysia, Singapore
and the Middle East all successfully
leveraging our existing solutions
such as SageERPX3, CRM products
and SageAccpacERPto build their
market positions.”
Guy Berruyer

38

“The Group remains highly cash generativewith
operating cash flowof £342.0m, representing
114% ofEBITA† (2007: 112%).”

To see Paul’s biography please go to page 44

Profit measures

EBITA† to EBITA† to
operating operating
profit
2007
£m
297.0

profit
2008
£m
299.8

Growth
%
1%

Pre-tax
profit
2008
£m
273.4

–

Pre-tax
profit
2007
£m
265.1

(13.8)

251.3

(28.0)

223.3

Growth
%
3%

EPS
2008
pence
14.44

–

9%

14.44

(1.71)

12.73

8%

EPS
2007
pence
14.07

(0.73)

13.34

(1.49)

11.85

Growth
%
3%

8%

7%

–

299.8

(32.4)

267.4

(13.8)

283.2

(28.0)

255.2

6%

273.4

(32.4)

241.0

5%

Disclosed measure
Impact of movements in foreign
currency exchange rates

Amortisation of acquired intangible
assets and net development

Statutory measure

39

Overview
In the year ended 30 September 2008, revenue increased
by 12% to £1,295.0m (2007: £1,157.6m). Operating profit
increased by 5% to £267.4m (2007: £255.2m). Profit
before taxation increased by 8% to £241.0m (2007:
£223.3m). EPS increased 7% to 12.73p (2007: 11.85p).

In order to assess like-for-like performance, regional and
Group growth trends are shown on a foreign currency
neutral basis where indicated. The impact of foreign
exchange movements on profit is shown on page 38.

It is Sage’s policy to hedge currency exposure to cash
flows by broadly aligning the currency denominations of
our debt with the currency of the cash flows arising from
our trading activities. We do not hedge pure translational
exposure resulting from conversion for accounting
purposes of overseas companies’ results into Sterling.

Over the year, we saw significant movement in foreign
currency exchange rates. The average rate for the Euro
strengthened 13% from £1 = a1.48 to £1 = a1.31, which
had a favourable translational impact on our financial
results. The US Dollar to Sterling average rate for the year
remained broadly unchanged at £1 = $1.97 (2007: $1.98).
However, the US Dollar appreciated rapidly near the end
of our financial year, closing at $1.78, an appreciation of
13% against the prior year end rate. This affected various
balance sheet items, including valuation of our net debt,
a substantial proportion of which is denominated in US
Dollars and Euros. At 30 September 2008, net debt stood
at £541.0m (2007: £509.7m).

Revenue analysis
Revenues increased 7%* to £1,295.0m (2007: £1,214.1m*).
Organic revenue growth for the year, excluding Sage
Healthcare Division, was 6%* (3%* including Sage
Healthcare Division). Organic revenue growth in the
first half of the year was 8%* excluding Sage Healthcare
Division and was 5%* including Sage Healthcare Division.
In the second half organic revenue growth was 4%*
excluding Sage Healthcare Division and was 2%*
including Sage Healthcare Division. Organic revenue
growth excludes the contributions of current year and
prior year acquisitions (together 5% of total revenues)
and non-core products (2% of total revenues).

Total revenues for software and software-related services
were £509.3m (2007: £499.8m*), with organic revenue
growth of 2%* excluding Sage Healthcare Division.
Total subscription revenues grew by 10%* to £785.7m
(2007: £714.3m*), benefiting from strong organic revenue
growth in combined software/support contracts.

Following the reclassification of our revenue categories
last year, software and software-related services include
stand-alone software licence sales (including new licences,
upgrades and migrations) and professional services,
hardware and business forms.

Subscription revenues are recurring in nature and include
maintenance and support (13% of total revenues),
combined software/support contracts (39% of total
revenues), hosted products (1% of total revenues)
and transaction services (8% of total revenues).

EBITA†
EBITA† increased 1%* to £299.8m (2007: £297.0m*).

The Group’s EBITA† margin was reduced by 1% to
23% (2007: 24%*) due to the dilutive effects of recent
acquisitions and the announced investment in our
North America business over the year.

Finance expenses
Net finance expenses of £26.4m (2007: £31.9m) were
lower than the prior year. The average interest rate on
borrowings during the year was 4.5% (2007: 4.8%).
The 2007 interest was greater due to a higher level
of average borrowings during the year following the
acquisitions made during 2006 and higher average
interest rates. Interest cover was in excess of ten
times, increasing from eight times in the prior year.

Profit before taxation
Statutory profit before taxation increased by 8% to £241.0m
(2007: £223.3m) and was impacted by amortisation of
acquired intangible assets and net development expenditure
of £32.4m (2007: £28.0m). Adjusted pre-tax profit** rose
3% to £273.4m (2007: £265.1m).

Taxation
The tax charge of £74.7m (2007: £69.2m) was greater
than the prior year reflecting the additional profits and
gives an effective rate of 31% (2007: 31%).

EPS
Basic earnings (after amortisation) per share for the year
ended 30 September 2008 increased by 7% to 12.73p
(2007: 11.85p). Diluted earnings per share increased by
8% to 12.69p (2007: 11.79p). Adjusted earnings per
share** grew 3% to 14.44p (2007: 14.07p).

Dividend
Our full year dividend is increased by 3% to 7.21p per
share (2007: 7.00p per share), with a proposed final
dividend of 4.78p per share (2007: 5.73p per share,
following the rebasing of our dividend policy which
was reflected in our final dividend in the second half
of the prior year).

The final dividend will be payable on 6 March 2009
to shareholders on the register at close of business
on 6 February 2009.

* Foreign currency results for the year ended 30 September 2007 have been retranslated based on the average exchange rates for the year

ended 30 September 2008 of $1.97/£1 and B1.31/£1 to facilitate the comparison of results.

† Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of intangible fixed assets (“EBITA”).
** Pre-tax profit and earnings per share figures stated prior to amortisation of intangible fixed assets and after neutralisation of foreign exchange movements.

40

R&D and capex
The Group spent £139.7m in the year ended
30 September 2008 on research and development
(2007: £111.4m). No expenditure was capitalised and
£0.6m was amortised to the income statement relating
to prior years’ expenditure which had been capitalised.

Capital expenditure in the year ended 30 September 2008
(including the purchase of third-party software systems for
internal use) was £40.4m (2007: £38.0m). The majority of
this expenditure relates to IT infrastructure, both in new
and replacement systems.

Capital structure
Our balance sheet at 30 September 2008 is summarised
as set out in the table below.

Net assets increased by 19% to £1,247.0m (2007:
£1,050.8m) and net assets per share by 17% to 95p
(2007: 81p). The main movements in the balance sheet
items were in goodwill and intangible fixed assets
(relating mainly to investment in acquisitions and the
impact of foreign currency retranslation) and the
associated change in net debt (see further “Net debt”
and “Cash flow” below).

Debt and facilities
Net debt
The Group has net debt of £541.0m at 30 September
2008 (2007: £509.7m). The balance sheet remains strong
with net debt to EBITA of 1.8 times. There has been
a significant change in the closing exchange rates used
to translate the debt at 30 September 2008 compared
to 30 September 2007, which has resulted in a foreign
exchange translation movement of £71.9m on the
debt drawings.

The Group continues to be able to borrow at competitive
rates and currently deems this to be the most effective
means of raising finance. Cash outflows to fund
acquisitions of £81.1m have therefore been funded
by debt financing.

Cash flow
The Group remains highly cash generative with operating
cash flow of £342.0m, representing 114% of EBITA

(2007: 112%). After interest, tax and net capital
expenditure, free cash flow was £215.5m. The net cost
of acquisitions completed in the period was £81.1m.

After dividends of £106.2m and other movements of
(£59.5m), including exchange movements, net debt stood
at £541.0m at 30 September 2008 (30 September 2007:
£509.7m).

Facilities, cash management and gearing
The Group’s acquisition programme is funded through
multi-currency revolving credit facilities totalling £850m.
£200m of these facilities expire by 13 January 2011
(with £100m amortising a year earlier) and £650m expire
on 4 August 2011. At 30 September 2008, £575.4m
had been drawn under these facilities, leaving £274.6m
undrawn. Group cash balances are invested with
institutions and in instruments with high credit ratings.

Treasury and risk management
The Group’s Treasury function seeks to reduce exposures
to interest rate, foreign exchange and other financial risks,
to ensure liquidity is available to meet the foreseeable
needs of the Group and to invest cash assets safely and
profitably. The Group does not engage in speculative
trading in financial instruments and transacts only in
relation to underlying business requirements. The Group’s
Treasury policies and procedures are periodically reviewed
and approved by the Audit Committee and are subject to
regular Group Internal Audit review.

The Group’s exposure to and management of capital,
liquidity, credit, interest rate and foreign currency risk are
summarised below. Further detail can be found in note 16
of the accounts.

Capital risk
The Group’s objectives when managing capital (defined
as net debt plus equity) are to safeguard the Group’s ability
to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns
to shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, while
optimising return to shareholders through an appropriate
balance of debt and equity funding. The Group manages
its capital structure and makes adjustments with respect
to changes in economic conditions and the strategic
objectives of the Group.

Capital structure

Goodwill and intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Current assets and liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations

Deferred tax

Total before net debt

Net debt

Total as at 30 September 2008

Total as at 30 September 2007

Assets
£m
2,049.2

140.5

272.3

–

5.2

2,467.2

70.8

2,538.0

2,207.8

Liabilities
£m
–

–

(648.5)

(3.9)

(26.8)

(679.2)

(611.8)

(1,291.0)

(1,157.0)

Net assets
£m
2,049.2

140.5

(376.2)

(3.9)

(21.6)

1,788.0

(541.0)

1,247.0

1,050.8

41

Liquidity risk
The Group manages its exposure to liquidity risk by
reviewing the cash resources required to meet its business
objectives through both short and long-term cash flow
forecasts. The Group has committed bank facilities which
are available to be drawn for general corporate purposes
including working capital.

The Group’s Treasury function has a policy of reducing the
level of cash in the businesses in order to minimise external
borrowings.

Credit risk
The Group’s credit risk primarily arises from trade and
other receivables. The Group has a very low credit risk due
to the transactions being principally of a high volume, low
value and short maturity. The Group has no significant
concentration of credit risk, with the exposure spread over
a large number of counterparties and customers.

The credit risk on liquid funds is considered to be low,
as the Audit Committee approved Group Treasury Policy
limits the value that can be invested with each approved
counterparty to minimise the risk of loss.

Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to cash flow interest rate risk on
floating rate bank loans and overdrafts. At 30 September
2008, the Group had drawn down £575.4m (2007:
£562.3m) from its committed revolving credit facility.
The Group regularly reviews the interest rates to mitigate
this risk, which are rebased on a monthly basis and seeks
to fix interest rates on a portion of its debt when market
conditions make this desirable. At 30 September 2008,
all outstanding debt was held at variable rates.

Foreign currency risk
Although a substantial proportion of the Group’s revenue
and profit is earned outside the UK, subsidiaries generally
only trade in their own currency. The Group is therefore not
subject to any significant foreign exchange transactional

exposure. The Group’s principal exposure to foreign
currency, therefore, lies in the translation of overseas
profits into Sterling.

This exposure is hedged to the extent that these profits
are offset by interest charges in the same currency arising
from the financing of the investment cost of overseas
acquisitions by borrowings in the same currency. In light
of this limited exposure to foreign exchange risk, the Group
does not hold any derivative financial instruments.

Foreign exchange rate risk is the risk that the fair value
of future cash flows will fluctuate because of the changes
in foreign exchange rates. The Group’s foreign currency
exposures are principally to the US Dollar and Euro.

The Group has US Dollar, Euro and Swiss Franc
denominated borrowings which it has designated as a
hedge of the net investment in its subsidiaries in the US,
France, Spain, Germany and Switzerland. The foreign
exchange on translation of the borrowings into Sterling
has been recognised in exchange reserves.

The Group’s other currency exposures comprise only
those exposures that give rise to net currency gains
and losses to be recognised in the income statement.
Such exposures reflect the monetary assets and liabilities
of the Group that are not denominated in the operating
(or “functional”) currency of the operating unit involved.
At 30 September 2008 and 30 September 2007,
these exposures were immaterial to the Group.

Going concern
Based on normal business planning and control
procedures, the directors have a reasonable expectation
that the Company and the Group have adequate
resources to continue in operational existence for
the foreseeable future. For this reason, the directors
continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing
the accounts.

Paul Harrison
Finance Director

Analysis of borrowings bymaturityand currency

Due within one year:

Sterling

Euro

Other

Due within one and two years:

Euro

Due in more than two years but not more than five years:

Sterling

Euro

US Dollar

Swiss Franc

Other

Total

2008
£m

8.4

5.3

0.2

13.9

0.2

66.9

203.4

290.6

13.9

0.2

575.0

589.1

2007
£m

–

0.2

0.1

0.3

0.1

–

235.9

314.2

11.8

–

561.9

562.3

42

Highlighted are some of the risks that
we face, particularly focusing on those
that are considered to be specific to the
provision of business management
software and services.

Group risk factors
As with all businesses, Sage is affected by certain risks,
not wholly within our control, which could have a material
impact on our long-term performance and could cause
actual results to differ materially from forecast and historic
results. Risks also impact on non-financial aspects of
Sage, such as reputation, employees and security.
Many of the risk factors affecting Sage are considered to
be business risks which can be effectively mitigated by
ensuring appropriate controls are in place. However, some
of the risk factors affecting Sage are inherent risks based
on our location, type of business and other external factors
predominately beyond our control. Noted below are the
principal inherent risks that we face. This section of the
report should be read in conjunction with the Internal
control and risk management section of the report, found
on pages 51 and 52.

International factors
As an international company, we face potential challenges
from economic, political, legal, accounting and business
factors across the globe. In the current economic
environment, this situation has intensified. We have
operations in many international markets which leads
to various risks inherent in administering the complexities
of a global business. A variety of international regulatory
requirements and unexpected changes to economic
and market conditions are examples of specific risks
associated with managing an international business.
Any failure to maintain compliance with foreign laws or
changes in local regulations or any failure to adapt to
international market changes or local business conditions
could have a material, adverse impact on our business.

In current economic conditions, our defensive business
model and the significant percentage of our revenue which
is recurring give comfort and support against economic
exposure. As we grow through acquisitions and expand
our geographical coverage, we continually review all
relevant requirements to ensure appropriate policies and
controls are developed. By acquiring businesses which
are well established in their own region, we rely on the
experience of local management to understand the local
regulatory environment. In addition, our group-wide
compliance programme seeks to ensure that local
operating companies continually manage and review
local rules and regulations.

43

Competitive environment
The market for business management solutions is
highly competitive. This competition continues to grow,
particularly in the SME market where barriers to entry are
relatively low, attracting more companies to enter the
market. Many companies with which we compete, or
which may enter into competition with us, have greater
financial, marketing and technical resources than we do.

We continue to build strong customer relationships, to
develop and expand our product and service offering to
meet customer needs and to seek organic and acquisitive
growth opportunities to mitigate this ever present risk.
We also seek to develop appropriate strategic direction
and maintain a knowledge of industry developments to
ensure, where possible, a proactive response to changing
customer requirements.

Intellectual property
We rely on intellectual property laws, including laws
on copyright, patents, trade secrets and trademarks,
to protect our products. However, despite laws and
regulations being in place, unauthorised copies of software
still exist. In addition, the internet increases and provides
new methods for illegal copying of the technology used
in our products and services.

While relying, as other companies do, on the laws
and regulations in existence, we continually police the
unauthorised use of our products. We also ensure secure
storage of our source code throughout the Group.

Foreign exchange and treasury
Although a substantial proportion of Sage’s revenue and
profit is earned outside the UK, subsidiaries generally only
trade in their own currency. Sage is not subject to any
significant foreign exchange transactional exposure.
Sage’s principal exposure to foreign currency, therefore,
lies in the translation of overseas profits into Sterling.
This exposure is hedged to the extent that these profits
are offset by interest charges in the same currency arising
from the financing of the investment cost of overseas
acquisitions by borrowing in the same currency. In light
of this limited exposure to foreign exchange risk, Sage
does not hold any derivative financial instruments.

Sage has some exposure to interest rate volatility and
seeks to fix interest rates on a proportion of its debt when
market conditions make this desirable. All outstanding
debt is currently held at variable interest rates.

Through the provision of outstanding customer support,
we continue to build strong customer relationships.
Our strategy to develop our product and service offering
to meet local customer needs further strengthens
customer loyalty.

Systems and networks
Our business operations rely significantly on systems
and networks. Any external and malicious incident on
the systems and networks could lead to misappropriation
of or damage to our proprietary information or could cause
disruption to the delivery of our products and services.
Critical information used in our business operations, such
as customer orders, customer support and accounts
receivable and payable, could be disabled. Our reliance
on systems and networks includes internally managed
and externally provided systems and networks.

We continue to invest in our internal systems and networks
and build and develop relevant recovery plans. We also
continue to review our security, system and network
infrastructure to ensure that, wherever possible, these
risks are kept to an acceptable level. Any externally
provided systems and networks are subject to intensive
contract negotiations and performance ability reviews to
ensure that an appropriate level of service will be
continually maintained.

Technology changes
Technology in the software industry is constantly changing.
In order to be successful within the software sector,
companies must be able to adapt to changing
technologies. This ability to adapt is vital in maintaining
current products, attracting new customers and retaining
existing customers. Changing technology places demands
on employees, particularly research and development
teams, to stay up to date with technology changes and
customer demands. Continued success in developing new
products and services, anticipating and reacting to
customer needs and satisfying market demand, depends
on Sage’s ability to adapt to changing technologies.

44

Tony Hobson, 61
Chairman, non-executive director
Tony is the Chairman of Northern Foods plc and a non-
executive director of Glas Cymru and HBOS plc. He was
previously Group Finance Director of Legal and General
Group plc for 14 years, retiring in 2001. He is a graduate
of the Darden Graduate School of Business, University
of Virginia. He joined the Board in June 2004, becoming
Chairman in May 2007.

Paul Walker, 51
Chief Executive
Paul joined Sage as Company accountant in 1984 having
previously trained as a chartered accountant with Arthur
Young. He was appointed Finance Director in 1987 and
became Chief Executive in 1994. In May 2002, Paul was
appointed to the Board of Diageo plc as a non-executive
director.

Paul Harrison, 44
Finance Director
A chartered accountant, Paul joined Sage from Price
Waterhouse, where he was a senior manager responsible
for the provision of audit and advisory services to larger
private and public companies, to become Group Financial
Controller in 1997. He joined the Board as Group Finance
Director in April 2000. In May 2007, Paul was appointed
to the Board of Hays plc as a non-executive director.

Paul Stobart, 51
CEO, UK & Ireland
After qualifying as a chartered accountant with Price
Waterhouse, Paul spent five years in corporate finance
with Hill Samuel before joining Interbrand, an international
marketing services consultancy, in 1988. He joined
Sage in 1996 as Business Development Director
becoming Managing Director of UK & Ireland in June
2003. In July 2003, Paul was appointed to the Board
of Capital & Regional plc as a non-executive director.

Tony Hobson

Tamara Ingram

Paul Walker

Tim Ingram

Paul Harrison

Ruth Markland

Paul Stobart

Ian Mason

Guy Berruyer

Mark Rolfe

David Clayton

45

Guy Berruyer, 57
CEO, Mainland Europe and Asia
Guy was a director of Bull and Claris before joining
Intuit as Country Manager and then European Director.
He joined Sage in 1997 to run its French business and
was appointed to the Board in January 2000. As well
as Mainland Europe, Guy is also responsible for our
operations in Asia.

David Clayton, 51
Group Strategy and Mergers
and Acquisitions Director
After a career in senior executive roles at a number of
international technology companies, David joined BZW
in 1995 where, after its merger with CSFB in 1997,
he was Managing Director and Head of European
Technology Research until 2004. He joined the Board
in June 2004 as a non-executive director before taking
up his current executive role on 1 October 2007.

Tamara Ingram, 48
Independent non-executive director
Tamara, who joined the Board in December 2004, is
responsible for WPP plc’s Procter & Gamble business
worldwide. She is also Executive Vice President, Executive
Managing Director of Grey Global, Chairman of Visit
London and sits on the Development Board for the Royal
Court Theatre. Prior to Grey, Tamara was President of the
Henley Centre and marketing insights company Added
Value. Previously, Tamara worked at Saatchi and Saatchi
for 15 years, rising to the role of Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Saatchi and Saatchi UK.

Tim Ingram, 61
Independent non-executive director
Tim is Chief Executive of Caledonia Investments plc.
He was formerly Managing Director of Business
to Business Banking at Abbey National plc. He is a
non-executive director of Savills plc and of ANZ Bank
(Europe) Ltd and was appointed to the Group Board
in March 2002, becoming Senior Independent Director
on 25 July 2007.

Ruth Markland, 55
Independent non-executive director
Ruth is a non-executive director of Standard Chartered plc
and Chairman of the Board of Trustees of WRVS. She was
formerly Managing Partner, Asia for the international law
firm, Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer and was appointed to
the Group Board in September 2006.

Ian Mason, 46
Independent non-executive director
Ian joined the Board on 1 November 2007. After working
with Mckinsey & Co. and Boston Consulting Group, he
joined Electrocomponents plc in 1995 as Director of
Business Development, becoming Group Chief Executive
in July 2001. He holds an MBA from INSEAD.

Mark Rolfe, 50
Independent non-executive director
After qualifying as a chartered accountant with Coopers
and Lybrand, Mark joined Gallaher Group plc in 1986,
where he was Finance Director for seven years before
retiring in 2007. He is also a non-executive director of
Hornby plc and Barratt Developments plc and joined
the Board on 1 December 2007.

Contact details
Registered Office
North Park, Newcastle upon Tyne
NE13 9AA

The Sage Group plc
Registered number: 2231246
www.sage.com

Advisers

Financial Advisers
Deutsche Bank
1 Great Winchester Street, London EC2N 2EQ

Corporate Brokers
Deutsche Bank
1 Great Winchester Street, London EC2N 2EQ

Regional Brokers
Brewin Dolphin Securities Limited
Commercial Union House, 39 Pilgrim Street,
Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 6RQ

Solicitors
Allen & Overy LLP
One Bishops Square, London E1 6AD

Principal Bankers
Lloyds TSB Bank plc
Corporate Banking, 1st Floor,
31/32 Park Row, Leeds LS1 5JT

Independent Chartered Accountants
and Registered Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
89 Sandyford Road,
Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 8HW

Registrars
Equiniti
The Causeway, Worthing,
West Sussex BN99 6DA

46 

Directors’ report 
For the year ended 30 September 2008 

The directors present their report and the audited financial statements for 
the year ended 30 September 2008. 

Principal activities 
The Group’s principal activities during the year continued to be the 
development, distribution and support of business management  
software and related products and services for medium-sized and  
smaller businesses. 

Business review 
The Group achieved a profit before taxation of £241.0m on revenue  
of £1,295.0m. 

The Business review, including key performance indicators, can be found 
on pages 6 to 43 and is incorporated in this Directors’ report by reference. 

Disclaimer 
The purpose of this Annual Report is to provide information to the 
members of the Company. This Annual Report has been prepared for, 
and only for, the members of the Company, as a body, and no other 
persons. The Company, its directors and employees, agents or advisers 
do not accept or assume responsibility to any other person to whom this 
document is shown or into whose hands it may come and any such 
responsibility or liability is expressly disclaimed. The Annual Report 
contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the 
operations, performance and financial condition of the Group. By their 
nature, these statements involve uncertainty since future events and 
circumstances can cause results and developments to differ materially 
from those anticipated. The forward-looking statements reflect knowledge 
and information available at the date of preparation of this Annual Report 
and the Company undertakes no obligation to update these forward-
looking statements. Nothing in this Annual Report should be construed  
as a profit forecast. 

Results and dividends 
The results for the year and the amount transferred to reserves are set  
out on page 66. Dividends paid and proposed are set out on page 78.  
The Board proposes a final dividend of 4.78p per share (2007: 5.73p  
per share) taking the proposed full year dividend to 7.21p per share  
(2007: 7.00p per share). 

Research and development 
During the year, the Group invested £139.7m (2007: £111.4m) in 
research and development. This has resulted in the release of a number 
of new and updated products and features as referred to in the Business 
review on pages 6 to 43. 

Charitable contributions and political donations 
During the year, within the UK, charitable contributions totalling  
£148,000 were made, which included £60,000 to The Tyne and Wear 
Community Foundation, £20,000 to The Community Foundation for 
Greater Manchester, £20,000 to The Berkshire Community Foundation, 
and a total of £48,000 smaller contributions to numerous charities.  
The rest of the Group made charitable contributions totalling £137,000. 
No political donations were made in the year. 

Directors and their interests 
A list of directors, their interests in the ordinary share capital of the 
Company and details of their options over the ordinary share capital of  
the Company are given in the Remuneration report on pages 54 to 65.  
No director had a material interest in any significant contract, other than  
a service contract or contract for services, with the Company or any  
of its subsidiaries at any time during the year. 

As at the date of this report, indemnities are in place under which the 
Company has agreed to indemnify the directors of the Company and  
the former directors of the Company who held office during the year 
ended 30 September 2008, to the extent permitted by law and by the 
Company’s articles of association, in respect of all liabilities incurred in 
connection with the performance of their duties as a director of the 
Company or its subsidiaries. Copies of these indemnities are available  
for review at the registered office of the Company. 

Employment policy 
The Group continues to give full and fair consideration to applications for 
employment made by disabled persons, having regard to their respective 
aptitudes and abilities. The policy includes, where practicable, the 
continued employment of those who may become disabled during their 
employment and the provision of training and career development and 
promotion, where appropriate. The Group has continued its policy of 
employee involvement by making information available to employees on 
matters of concern to them. Many employees are stakeholders in the 
business through participation in share option schemes. Further details  
of employment policies are given on pages 24 and 25. 

Creditor payment policy 
Given the international nature of its operations, the Group does  
not operate a standard code in respect of payments to suppliers. 
Subsidiary operating companies are responsible for agreeing the terms 
and conditions under which business transactions with their suppliers are 
conducted, including the terms of payment. It is the Group’s policy that 
payments to suppliers are made promptly in accordance with these 
terms. Creditor days for the Group have been calculated at 40 days 
(2007: 40 days). 

Substantial shareholdings 
At 17 December 2008, the Company had been notified, in accordance 
with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, of the following interests in 
the ordinary share capital of the Company: 

Name 
Invesco plc
Baillie  
Gifford & Co
Aviva plc 

Direct
shares %
–

Indirect  
shares  %

shares %
– 129,837,372  9.92 129,837,372 9.92

Total

–

– 124,221,242  9.52 124,221,242 9.52
65,471,319 5.00 25,990,149  1.98 91,461,468 6.98

 
 
47

Future developments 
The Group’s future developments are described in the Business review  
on pages 6 to 43. 

Additional information for shareholders 
Following the implementation of the EU Takeover Directive into UK  
law, the following description provides the required information for 
shareholders where not already provided elsewhere in this report.  
This summary is based on the Company’s current articles of association 
(the “Current Articles”), but please note that it is proposed that the 
Company will adopt new articles of association (the “New Articles”) with 
effect from the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting on Tuesday  
3 March 2009, brief details of which are set out in the circular containing 
the Notice of Annual General Meeting. 

Share capital 
The Company has a single class of share capital which is divided into 
ordinary shares of 1p each. 

Rights and obligations attaching to shares 
Voting In a general meeting of the Company, subject to the provisions of 
the Current Articles and to any special rights or restrictions as to voting 
attached to any class of shares in the Company (of which there are none): 
•  On a show of hands, a qualifying person (being an individual who  
is a member of the Company, a person authorised to act as the 
representative of a corporation or a person appointed as a proxy  
of a member) shall have one vote; and 

•  On a poll, every member who is present in person or by proxy shall 
have one vote for every share of which he or she is the holder. 

No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or class 
meeting in respect of any shares held by him or her if any call or other 
sum then payable by him or her in respect of that share remains unpaid. 
Currently, all issued shares are fully paid.  

Deadlines for voting rights Full details of the deadlines for exercising 
voting rights in respect of the resolutions to be considered at the Annual 
General Meeting to be held on 3 March 2009 are set out in the Notice of 
Annual General Meeting. 

Dividends and distributions Subject to the provisions of the 
Companies Act 1985 and the Companies Act 2006 (the “Companies 
Acts”), the Company may, by ordinary resolution, declare a dividend  
to be paid to the members, but no dividend shall exceed the amount 
recommended by the Board.  

The Board may pay interim dividends, and also any fixed rate dividend, 
whenever the financial position of the Company, in the opinion of the 
Board, justifies its payment. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid 
pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares. 

Liquidation If the Company is in liquidation, the liquidator may, with the 
authority of a special resolution of the Company and any other authority 
required by the Statutes (as defined in the Current Articles): 
•  Divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of the 

assets of the Company; or 

•  Vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts 
for the benefit of members as the liquidator, with the like authority,  
shall think fit. 

Transfer of shares 
Subject to the Current Articles, any member may transfer all or any of  
his or her certificated shares by an instrument of transfer in any usual  
form or in any other form which the Board may approve. The Board may, 
in its absolute discretion, decline to register any instrument of transfer  
of a certificated share which is not a fully paid share or on which the 
Company has a lien. The Board may also decline to register a transfer of  
a certificated share unless the instrument of transfer is: (i) left at the office, 
or at such other place as the Board may decide, for registration; and  
(ii) accompanied by the certificate for the shares to be transferred and 
such other evidence (if any) as the Board may reasonably require to prove 
the title of the intending transferor or his or her right to transfer the shares. 

The Board may permit any class of shares in the Company to be  
held in uncertificated form and, subject to the Current Articles, title to 
uncertificated shares to be transferred by means of a relevant system  
and may revoke any such permission. Registration of a transfer of an 
uncertificated share may be refused where permitted by the Statutes  
(as defined in the Current Articles). 

Repurchase of shares 
The Company obtained shareholder authority at the last Annual General 
Meeting (held on 28 February 2008) to buy-back up to 130,416,015 
ordinary shares, which remains outstanding until the conclusion of the 
next Annual General Meeting on 3 March 2009. The minimum price  
which must be paid for such shares is 1p and the maximum price 
payable is the higher of 5% above the average of the mid-market price  
of the ordinary shares of the Company as derived from the London  
Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately 
before the purchase is made and the amount stipulated by Article 5(1)  
of the Buy-back and Stabilisation Regulation 2003 (in each case exclusive 
of expenses). 

Amendment of the Company’s articles of association 
Any amendments to the Company’s articles of association may be made 
in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 1985 by way of 
special resolution. 

Appointment and replacement of directors 
Directors shall be no less than two and no more than 15 in number. 
Directors may be appointed by the Company by ordinary resolution or by 
the Board. A director appointed by the Board holds office only until the 
next following Annual General Meeting and is then eligible for election by 
the shareholders. The Board may from time to time appoint one or more 
directors to hold employment or executive office for such period (subject 
to the Companies Acts) and on such terms as they may determine and 
may revoke or terminate any such appointment. 

At every Annual General Meeting of the Company, any director in office 
who (a) has been appointed by the Board since the previous Annual 
General Meeting or (b) at the start of business on the date which is  
30 clear days prior to the date of the notice convening the Annual General 
Meeting had held office for more than 30 months since he or she was 
elected or last re-elected shall in either case retire from office (but shall be 
eligible for election or re-election by the shareholders). The Company may 
by special resolution (or by ordinary resolution of which special notice has 
been given) remove and the Board by unanimous decision may remove 
any director before the expiration of his term of office. The office of 
director shall be vacated if: (i) he or she resigns (ii) he or she is or may  
be suffering from a mental disorder; (iii) he or she is absent without 
permission of the Board from meetings of the Board for six consecutive 
months and the Board resolves that his or her office is vacated; (iv) he or 
she becomes bankrupt or compounds with his or her creditors generally; 
(v) he or she is prohibited by law from being a director; or (vi) he or she is 
removed from office pursuant to the Current Articles. 

 
48 

Powers of the directors 
The business of the Company will be managed by the Board who  
may exercise all the powers of the Company, subject to the provisions  
of the Company’s memorandum of association, the Current Articles,  
the Companies Acts and any ordinary resolution of the Company.  

Shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust 
The trustee of the Sage Group plc Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) has 
agreed not to vote any shares held in the EBT at any general meeting.  
If any offer is made to shareholders to acquire their shares the trustee will 
not be obliged to accept or reject the offer in respect of any shares which 
are at that time subject to subsisting awards, but will have regard to the 
interests of the award holders and will have power to consult them to 
obtain their views on the offer. Subject to the above the trustee may take 
the action with respect to the offer it thinks fair. 

Significant agreements 
The following significant agreements contain provisions entitling the 
counterparties to exercise termination or other rights in the event of  
a change of control of the Company: 
•  Under a £200,000,000 bilateral credit facility agreement dated  

18 January 2006 between, amongst others, the Company and Lloyds 
TSB Bank plc (as facility agent), on a change of control, if the majority 
lenders so require and after having consulted with the Company in 
good faith for not less than 30 days following the change of control,  
the facility agent shall, by not less than 10 business days notice to  
the Company, cancel the facility and declare all outstanding loans, 
together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under 
the finance documents immediately due and payable; and 
•  Under a £650,000,000 multi-currency revolving credit facility 

agreement dated 4 August 2006 between, amongst others, the 
Company and Lloyds TSB Bank plc (as facility agent), on a change  
of control, if the majority lenders so require and after having consulted 
with the Company in good faith for not less than 20 days following the 
change of control, the facility agent shall, by not less than 10 business 
days notice to the Company, cancel the facility and declare all 
outstanding loans, together with the accrued interest, and all other 
amounts accrued under the finance documents immediately due  
and payable. 

Under the terms of both credit facility agreements, a “change of control” 
occurs if any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control  
of the Company. 

The Business review does not contain any information about persons with 
whom the Company has contractual or other arrangements which are 
essential to the business of the Company as, in the directors view, there 
are no such arrangements. 

By Order of the Board  

M J Robinson  
Secretary  
17 December 2008 

 
 
Corporate governance statement 

49

The Company and the Group are committed to high standards of 
corporate governance and the Board is accountable to the Company’s 
shareholders for good corporate governance. This statement describes 
how the relevant principles of corporate governance are applied by the 
Company. Throughout the year the Company has been in compliance 
with the provisions set out in the Revised Combined Code (2006) on 
Corporate Governance issued by the Financial Reporting Council (the 
“Combined Code”), other than A.3.2 relating to the composition of the 
Board and C.3.1 relating to the composition of the Audit Committee  
of the Board. 

Rule A.3.2 requires at least half the Board, not counting the Chairman,  
to comprise non-executive directors determined by the Board to be 
independent. For the period from the resignation of Sir Julian Horn-Smith 
and the appointment of Mr A J Hobson to the role of acting Chairman  
of the Board on 27 April 2007, to the appointment to the Board of  
Mr M E Rolfe on 1 December 2007 this ratio was not maintained.  
There were a number of changes to the Board during the year which 
made compliance difficult to achieve for a short period. However, the 
Board took steps to mitigate this non-compliance by immediately 
appointing executive search consultants to identify new non-executive 
candidates. With the appointment of Mr Rolfe on 1 December 2007 the 
Company was again fully compliant with the rule. 

Rule C.3.1 requires the Audit Committee of the Board to comprise  
all independent non-executive directors. From his appointment on  
27 April 2007 to the role of acting Chairman of the Board, Mr A J Hobson, 
who was Chairman of the Audit Committee at that time, ceased to be 
independent for the purposes of that rule and the Company therefore 
ceased to comply. During this period the Company considered it 
appropriate for Mr Hobson to continue to chair the Committee whilst the 
search for a successor was undertaken. Mr M E Rolfe was appointed  
to the Board on 1 December 2007 and joined its Audit Committee.  
Mr Rolfe, whose biography appears on page 45, took over the role of 
chair of the Audit Committee on 1 April 2008 and Mr Hobson retired  
from the Committee at that time. The Company, therefore, is again fully 
compliant with Rule C.3.1. 

The workings of the Board and its committees  
The Board 
The Board currently comprises the non-executive Chairman, the Chief 
Executive, four other executive directors and five other independent non-
executive directors. The roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive  
are quite distinct from one another and are clearly defined in written  
terms of reference for each role adopted by the Board and available to 
shareholders on request to the Secretary at the registered office and on 
the Company’s website at www.sage.com. 

The directors’ biographies appear on pages 44 and 45. These 
demonstrate that the directors have a range of experience and are of 
sufficient calibre to bring independent judgement on issues of strategy, 
performance, resources and standards of conduct, which is vital to the 
success of the Group. All directors are subject to re-election at least every 
three years.  

The Board is responsible to shareholders for the proper management of 
the Group. Where it is considered appropriate, training is made available 
to directors and training needs are assessed as part of the evaluation 
procedure of the Board referred to below. A statement of the directors’ 
responsibilities in respect of the accounts is set out on pages 52 and 53.  
The Board has formally adopted a schedule of matters specifically 
reserved to it for decision which is available to shareholders on request to 
the Secretary at the registered office and which is also available on the 
Company’s website at www.sage.com. All directors have access to the 
advice and services of the Secretary, who is responsible to the Board for 
ensuring that Board procedures are followed and that applicable rules 

and regulations are complied with. The Secretary ensures that the 
directors take independent professional advice as required at the expense 
of the Company when it is judged necessary to discharge their 
responsibilities as directors. The appointment and removal of the 
Secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole.  

The Board meets formally not less than six times a year, reviewing  
trading performance, ensuring adequate funding, setting and monitoring 
strategy, examining major acquisition opportunities and reviewing regular 
reports to shareholders. In the year under review the Board met on ten 
occasions, six such meetings being formal Board meetings with a further 
four meetings of the Board called at short notice and held by telephone. 
All directors in office at the time attended all of these Board meetings 
other than Ms R Markland, who was unable to attend one meeting, and 
each of Messrs Stobart and Walker and Ms Ingram and Markland, who 
were unable to attend meetings called on short notice on one occasion. 

The non-executive directors have a particular responsibility to ensure that 
the strategies proposed by the executive directors are fully considered.  
To enable the Board to discharge its duties, all directors receive 
appropriate and timely information. Briefing papers are distributed by the 
Secretary to all directors in advance of Board meetings. The members of 
the Board have evaluated the performance of the Board, its committees 
and individual members at meetings and also through the completion  
of detailed questionnaires. These are reviewed and considered by the 
Chairman and by the Board as a whole. In the year under review, the 
questionnaires indicated no areas of concern. 

The current Board complies with the main principle in paragraph A.3  
of the Combined Code in that it includes a balance of executive and  
non-executive directors so that no individual or small group of individuals 
can dominate the Board’s decision taking. 

New members of the Board undergo a full, formal and tailored induction  
to the Board. Mr I Mason and Mr M E Rolfe, who were appointed to the 
Board on 1 November 2007 and 1 December 2007 respectively, have 
undertaken such an induction process. 

The Chairman 
The terms of reference for the Chairman of the Board ensure that this role 
is quite distinct from that of the Chief Executive and are set out on the 
Company’s website at www.sage.com. 

The Chairman of the Board has held meetings with the non-executive 
directors without the executive directors. In addition, the non-executive 
directors have met without the Chairman present to appraise the 
Chairman’s performance. The Chairman also ensures that shareholder 
communication and responses are discussed at each meeting of the 
Board and that all shareholders have access to the non-executive 
directors, through a request to the Chairman or the Secretary. 

The Senior Independent Director 
The Board has appointed Mr T C W Ingram to the role of Senior 
Independent Director. This role provides a point of contact for those 
shareholders who wish to raise issues with the Board, other than through 
the Chairman. He is available to consult with shareholders and also chairs 
meetings of the non-executive directors without the Chairman present. 

Committees of the Board 
Committees of the Board deal with certain specific aspects of the  
Group’s affairs. These Committees are the Remuneration Committee,  
the Audit Committee and the Nomination Committee. Details of all these 
Committees are set out below. Whilst the Board notes that a number of 
independent non-executive directors are members of more than one 
Board Committee, it is considered that membership is appropriate in light 
of the Board’s policy that all independent non-executive directors are 
given the opportunity to take part in the discussions of those Committees. 

 
 
50 

The terms of reference of the Remuneration, Nomination and Audit 
Committees are reviewed annually and are available on request from the 
Secretary at the registered office of the Company or on the Company’s 
website at www.sage.com. 

Meetings 
The Committee invites executive directors, management, external and 
internal auditors to attend meetings as it considers appropriate for the 
matters being discussed. 

Remuneration Committee 
The Group’s Remuneration Committee is chaired by Mr T C W Ingram 
and its other members are the Chairman of the Board, Mr A J Hobson, 
and the other independent non-executive directors, Ms T Ingram,  
Ms R Markland, Mr I Mason (who joined the Committee on 1 November 
2007) and Mr M E Rolfe (who joined the Committee on 1 December 
2007). Under its terms of reference, the Committee meets at least twice a 
year. In the year under review, five meetings of the Committee were held 
on full notice with a further meeting held at short notice. All members  
in office at the time attended all the meetings other than Ms Markland  
who was unable to attend one meeting held on short notice. The Chief 
Executive may, by invitation of the Committee, attend meetings (except 
when his own performance and remuneration are under review) but he  
is not a member of the Committee. The Committee is responsible for 
making recommendations to the Board, within agreed terms of reference, 
on the Company’s framework of executive remuneration and its cost.  
The Committee determines the contract terms, remuneration and other 
benefits for each of the executive directors including share options, 
performance share awards, performance-related bonus schemes, 
pension rights and compensation payments. Remuneration consultants 
advise the Committee. The Committee also monitors remuneration for 
those senior executives below Board level.  

The Board itself determines the remuneration of the non-executive 
directors. The Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. 

Details of the Company’s policies on directors’ remuneration are given in 
the Remuneration report on pages 54 to 65, together with further details 
of the Remuneration Committee. 

Audit Committee 
The Audit Committee was chaired by Mr A J Hobson until 1 April 2008 
when Mr M E Rolfe (who joined the Committee on 1 December 2007) 
became its chair and Mr Hobson retired from the Committee. Its other 
members are independent non-executive directors, Mr T C W Ingram,  
Ms R Markland and Mr I Mason (who joined the Committee on  
1 November 2007). Ms T Ingram joined the Committee on 1 October 
2008. Mr Hobson and Mr Rolfe are both Fellows of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and are considered by the 
Board to have the recent and relevant financial experience required for the 
provisions of the Combined Code. The other members of the Committee 
have a wide range of business experience, which is evidenced in their 
biographies on pages 44 and 45. The Board makes appointments to  
the Committee and the Company Secretary acts as secretary to the 
Committee. Full induction training is provided for new members and 
additional training is provided as and when required. 

The main duties of the Committee, set out in its terms of reference, are to:  
•  Make recommendations on the appointment and remuneration of 

external auditors and to monitor their performance and independence; 
•  Approve and monitor the policy for non-audit services provided by the 
external auditors to ensure that the independence of the auditors is  
not compromised; 

•  Review and advise the Board on the Company’s interim and annual 
financial statements, its accounting policies and on the control and 
mitigation of its financial and business risks; 

•  Review the nature and scope of the work to be performed by the 

external and internal auditors, the results of their audit work and of the 
response of management; and 

•  Review and advise the Board on the effectiveness of the Company’s 

internal control environment, including its “whistleblowing” procedures. 

Work of the Committee 
In the financial year, the Audit Committee met on four occasions with  
all members present on each occasion and reported its conclusions to  
the Board. It met privately with the internal and external auditors without 
executives present. It also met with executive management and  
executive directors.  

The Committee discharged its obligations in respect of the financial year 
as follows: 
•  Financial reporting During the year the Committee reviewed the 
interim and annual financial statements. The Committee received  
a report from the external auditors setting out the accounting or 
judgemental issues which required its attention. The auditors’ reports 
were based on a full audit (Annual Report) and a high level review 
(Interim Report) respectively.  

• 

• 

Internal controls and risk management The Committee considers 
reports from internal audit on the operation of, and issues arising from, 
the Group’s internal control procedures, together with observations 
from the external auditors. The Committee monitors the effectiveness 
of the Group’s risk management process, which considers the key 
risks, both financial and non-financial, facing the Group and the 
effectiveness of the Group’s controls to manage and reduce the 
impact of those risks. 

Internal audit Internal audit activities and responsibilities are provided 
by KPMG, under an outsourcing agreement. The Group’s Risk 
Director provides oversight and coordination of Internal Audit but 
Internal Audit has a direct reporting line to the Audit Committee and  
its Chairman. This ensures its independence. An Internal Audit charter 
is also in place which outlines the objectives, authority, scope and 
responsibilities of Internal Audit. Performance against this charter is 
reviewed on an ongoing basis. 

It is the role of Internal Audit to advise management and the Board  
on the extent to which systems of internal control are effective.  
The Internal Audit plan which covers the scope, authority and 
resources of the function is determined through a structured  
process of risk assessment and is approved by the Audit Committee. 

The nature and scope of the work of the internal audit team was 
reviewed and approved, the reports of results received and the 
responses of management considered. The plan set out at the 
beginning of the year was achieved and the outcome of the work  
was in line with expectations. 

•  External audit The Audit Committee is responsible for the 

development, implementation and monitoring of the Group’s policy  
on external audit.  

The policy assigns oversight responsibility for monitoring the 
independence, objectivity and compliance with ethical and regulatory 
requirements to the Audit Committee and day to day responsibility to 
the Group Finance Director. 

To assess the effectiveness of the external auditors, the Audit 
Committee reviewed: 

–  The external auditors’ fulfilment of the agreed audit plan and any 

variations; 

–  The robustness and perceptiveness of the auditors in their handling 

of key accounting and audit judgements; and 

–  The content of the external auditors’ Internal Control Report. 

 
 
51

The current external auditors were appointed to that role in 1988.  
The Committee has determined that formal consideration of a tender 
process will be undertaken every five years, with the next such review 
taking place in the financial year ending in September 2009. There are  
no contractual restrictions on the choice of the Committee as to external 
audit and, having considered the services provided by the current  
external auditors, their independence and knowledge of the Group,  
the Committee has determined to recommend to the Board the 
reappointment of the auditors at the Annual General Meeting in  
March 2009. In reaching this decision, the Committee also had  
regard to the likelihood of a withdrawal of the auditor from the market.  

The scope, fee, performance and independence of the external auditor  
is considered annually by the Audit Committee.  

The Committee is confident that the objectivity and independence of  
the auditors is not impaired in any way by reason of their non-audit  
work and has adopted controls to ensure that this independence is not 
compromised. These controls include the continued monitoring of the 
independence and effectiveness of the audit process.  

the external audit. The fees in relation to these services were £2,025,000 
of which £1,819,000 was attributable to tax services and tax compliance 
work and £206,000 to other non-tax compliance services. Further details 
of fees paid to auditors are set out on page 77. 

The Audit Committee has recommended to the Board that the external 
auditors are re-appointed. 

Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee is chaired by the Chairman of the Board,  
Mr A J Hobson and consists of the Chairman and five independent  
non-executive directors, Mr T C W Ingram, Ms T Ingram, Ms R Markland, 
Mr I Mason (who joined the Committee on 1 November 2007) and  
Mr M E Rolfe (who joined the Committee on 1 December 2007). In the 
absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Committee is chaired by the 
Senior Independent Director. The Nomination Committee meets not less 
than once a year. Four meetings of the Committee took place in the year 
under review at which all the members of the Committee in office at the 
time were present other than on one occasion when Ms Markland was 
unable to attend. 

Audit partners are rotated every five years and a formal statement  
of independence from the external auditors is received each year.  
In addition, the Audit Committee has adopted a specific policy on auditor 
independence drawing together the various existing Group policies in this 
area. This policy requires that there is full consideration of independence 
issues before any appointment of an employee or former employee of the 
auditor to a position with the Group. It expressly states that the Group will 
not engage the auditors to undertake any work that could threaten the 
independence of the auditors and prohibits the Group from engaging the 
auditors to undertake certain types of service, such as, amongst others, 
human resources services, legal and actuarial services. 

The Nomination Committee is responsible for a number of matters  
relating to the composition of the Board and its committees including 
proposing candidates for appointment to the Board, having regard to its 
balance and structure and considering issues of succession. Recruitment 
consultants are used to assist in the process. The Nomination Committee 
is also responsible for an annual review of the membership of the Board, 
evaluating the balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the Board 
and advising the Board on any areas where further recruitment may be 
appropriate. It also considers the succession planning of the Group for  
key executive personnel at Board level and below. The Secretary acts  
as secretary to the Committee. 

The Committee believes that the Company receives particular benefit  
from tax advice provided by its auditors given their wide and detailed 
knowledge of the Group and its very international nature. Executive 
management has the discretion, (subject to certain financial limitations),  
to obtain taxation services from the auditors without prior reference to the 
Audit Committee, subject to regularly appraising the Audit Committee of 
the amount and nature of fees for such services. Where these financial 
limitations are exceeded, the approval of the Audit Committee is required 
for such appointment. The Group also receives taxation advice from other 
large accountancy practices as and when appropriate.  

Non-audit services (other than in relation to taxation) may be undertaken 
by the external auditors, subject to the rules referred to above, and all 
projects expected to cost in excess of an amount set by the Audit 
Committee being approved in advance either by the Chairman of the 
Audit Committee or by the full Audit Committee, depending on the 
expected cost of the project. The Chairman of the Audit Committee may 
require that such projects are put out to tender to a number of firms.  
It is the policy of the Committee to require that acquisition due diligence  
be undertaken by firms other than the auditors unless conflicts of interest 
for comparable firms make this impractical.  

At each meeting, the Committee receives a report from the external 
auditors providing an update on the fees for non-audit services incurred 
since the previous meeting. Where the cumulative non-audit fees 
(excluding tax) in the year exceeds a certain sum the prior approval of the 
Audit Committee is required before the external auditor undertakes any 
non-audit work other than in relation to tax. 

In the year to 30 September 2008 the audit fee was £1,651,000.  
The Company’s auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, also perform 
non-audit services for the Group (principally tax advice) over and above  

Relations with shareholders 
Communication with shareholders is given high priority. The Chairman’s 
welcome and Business review on pages 2 to 43 include a detailed review 
of the business and future developments in relation to it. A full Annual 
Report and Accounts is sent to all shareholders who so wish. The 
Company also has a website (www.sage.com) which contains up to date 
information on Group activities and published financial results. There is 
regular dialogue with individual institutional shareholders and there are 
presentations to analysts after the Company’s announcement of the year-
end and half-year results. At each Board meeting, the Board receives an 
update on presentations to investors and any communication from 
shareholders to ensure that directors, both executive and non-executive, 
have an understanding of their views. 

The Board uses the Annual General Meeting to communicate with private 
and institutional investors and welcomes their participation. 

Internal control and risk management 
The Board is responsible for the operation and effectiveness of the 
Group’s system of internal controls and risk management. There is an 
ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant 
risks faced by the Group. This process has been in place for the year 
under review and up to the date of approval of this report. It is regularly 
reviewed by the Board and complies fully with the Turnbull guidance.  
The internal control systems are designed to meet the Group’s particular 
needs and the risks to which it is exposed and by their nature can only 
provide reasonable but not absolute assurance against misstatement or 
loss. The effectiveness of this process has been reviewed by the Audit 
Committee, which reports its findings to the Board.  

 
52 

The processes used by the Audit Committee to review the effectiveness  
of the system of internal control include discussions with management  
on significant risk areas identified and the review of plans for, and results 
from, internal and external audits.  

The Audit Committee reports the results of its review of the risk 
assessment process to the Board. The Board then draws its collective 
conclusion as to the effectiveness of the system of internal control.  
The key procedures, which the directors have established with a view  
to providing effective internal control, are as follows: 

Indication of business risks 
The processes to identify and manage the key risks to the success  
of the Group are an integral part of the internal control environment.  
Such processes, which are reviewed and improved as necessary,  
include strategic planning, the appointment of senior managers, the 
regular monitoring of performance and control over capital expenditure 
and acquisitions. The Company has formed a Risk Committee consisting  
of the Chief Executive, Group Finance Director, the Group Risk Director, 
the Secretary and certain other members of the Executive Committee.  

The Committee reviews all business activities and strategic plans to 
identify the nature and extent of the significant risks facing the Group 
including those risks arising from social, environmental and ethical  
issues and undertakes risk review audits. In identifying significant risks to 
which the Group is exposed, it reviews the results of any relevant internal 
audit reviews and agrees mitigating actions, when possible. The Risk 
Committee reports to the Audit Committee. Through the work of the Audit 
and Risk Committees, the Board is provided with a balanced assessment 
of the significant risks associated with the Group’s operations and the 
effectiveness of the system of internal controls. 

A “whistleblowing” telephone hotline service has been introduced in many 
operating companies in the Group (including all those in the UK and US) 
allowing employees to raise issues of concern in relation to dishonesty  
or malpractice on an entirely confidential basis. The Audit Committee 
receives regular reports on any matters raised through this service and 
monitors its use throughout the Group. Processes for the confidential 
reporting of concerns have been introduced in France and Germany and 
the Group is considering the introduction of further telephone hotlines 
where local legislation permits. 

Quality and integrity of personnel 
The integrity and competence of personnel is ensured through high 
recruitment standards and subsequent training courses. High quality 
personnel are seen as an essential part of the control environment.  

Management structure 
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group. Each executive director 
has been given responsibility for specific aspects of the Group’s affairs.  
A clearly defined organisation structure exists within which individual 
responsibilities are identified and can be monitored. The management  
of the Group as a whole is delegated to the Chief Executive and the 
executive directors. The conduct of Sage’s individual businesses is 
delegated to the local executive management teams. These teams are 
accountable for the conduct and performance of their businesses within 
the agreed business strategy. They have full authority to act subject to  
the reserved powers and sanctioning limits laid down by the Board and  
to Group policies and guidelines. 

Internal audit 
The Group utilises internal audit resource supplied by KPMG to review 
compliance with procedures and assess the integrity of the control 
environment. Internal audit acts as a service to the businesses by 
assisting with the continuous improvement of controls and procedures. 
Actions are agreed in response to its recommendations and these are 
followed up by the Audit Committee to ensure that satisfactory control  
is maintained. 

Budgetary process 
A comprehensive budgeting system is in place, with annual budgets for  
all operating subsidiaries being approved by respective subsidiary boards. 
Subsequently the combined budget is subject to consideration and 
approval by the Board. Management information systems provide  
the directors with relevant and timely information required to monitor 
financial performance. 

Investment appraisal (including acquisitions) 
Budgetary approval and defined authorisation levels regulate  
capital expenditure. As part of the budgetary process the Board 
considers proposals for research and development programmes. 
Acquisition activity is subject to internal guidelines governing investment 
appraisal criteria, financial targets, negotiation, execution and post-
acquisition management. 

Statement by the directors on compliance with the provisions of 
the Combined Code 
Other than as referred to at page 49 above, the Company has been in  
full compliance with the provisions set out in section 1 of the Combined 
Code throughout the year. 

Going concern 
The following statement has been included in accordance with the Listing 
Rules: Based on normal business planning and control procedures, the 
directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group 
have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. For this reason, the directors continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the accounts. 

Statement of directors’ responsibilities 
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the 
Remuneration report and the Group and parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.  

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared the Group 
financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union and the parent 
Company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
United Kingdom Accounting Standards (UK GAAP). In preparing the 
Group financial statements, the directors have also elected to comply with 
IFRSs, issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). 
The Group and parent Company financial statements are required by law 
to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and the 
Group and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. 

 
 
53

In preparing those financial statements the directors are required to: 
•  Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 
•  Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 
•  State that the Group financial statements comply with IFRSs as 
adopted by the European Union and IFRSs issued by the IASB,  
and with regard to the parent Company financial statements that 
applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject  
to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements; 

•  Prepare the Group and parent Company financial statements on  
the going concern basis, unless it is inappropriate to presume that  
the Group will continue in business, in which case there should be 
supporting assumptions or qualifications as necessary. 

The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records  
that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position  
of the Company and the Group and to enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements and the directors’ remuneration report comply with 
the Companies Act 1985 and, as regards the Group financial statements, 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Company and the Group and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and  
other irregularities. 

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
group website, www.sage.com. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Each of the directors, whose names and functions are listed in the Board 
of Directors and advisers section on pages 44 and 45, confirms that,  
to the best of their knowledge: 
•  The Group financial statements, which have been prepared in 

accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group; and 

•  The directors’ report includes a fair review of the development and 

performance of the business and the position of the Group, together 
with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces. 

Each of the persons who is a director at the time of this report  
confirms that: 
•  So far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit information  

of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and 

•  The director has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken 
as a director in order to make himself/herself aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are 
aware of that information. 

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with 
the provisions of section 234ZA of the Companies Act 1985. 

By Order of the Board 

M J Robinson 
Secretary  
17 December 2008 

 
 
 
 
54 

Remuneration report 

This report sets out the remuneration policy and remuneration  
details of the executive and non-executive directors of the Company. 
Remuneration policy for the executive directors and the Chairman of the 
Board of the Company is determined by the Remuneration Committee  
of the Board of Directors (the “Remuneration Committee”) and approved 
by the Board. Remuneration policy for the non-executive directors  
is determined by the Board excluding the non-executive directors.  
The report has been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 
1985 and also meets the requirements of the Listing Rules of the  
UK Listing Authority. 

1 The Remuneration Committee 
1.1 Composition of the Remuneration Committee 
The Remuneration Committee consists of non-executive directors 
considered by the Board to be independent, and the Chairman of  
the Board (who was independent on appointment to the Board).  
It works within detailed terms of reference, copies of which are available 
on request from the Secretary and on the Company’s website at 
www.sage.com. Its role includes making recommendations to the Board 
on remuneration policy for executive directors and the Chairman (who 
does not participate in discussions relating to his own remuneration), 
defining the remuneration packages of executive directors and the 
Chairman together with any compensation payments to them and 
approving the Remuneration report. The Committee also considers the 
remuneration policy of the Company for senior executives of the Group 
other than members of the Board and seeks to maintain consistency  
in the approach to remuneration policy. The current members of  
the Remuneration Committee are Mr T C W Ingram (Chairman),  
Mr A J Hobson, Ms T Ingram, Ms R Markland, Mr I Mason and  
Mr M E Rolfe. 

All the members of the Committee have been members of the Committee 
throughout the year other than Mr I Mason who joined the Committee  
on 1 November 2007 and Mr M E Rolfe who joined the Committee on  
1 December 2007.  

1.2 Advisers to the Remuneration Committee 
The Remuneration Committee keeps itself fully informed of developments 
and best practice in the field of remuneration and it seeks advice from 
external advisers when it considers it appropriate. In order to be aware  
of market trends in remuneration and current best practice, the 
Remuneration Committee considers market data for comparable 
businesses. The Remuneration Committee has received advice from 
Deloitte and Hewitt New Bridge Street Consultants LLP (“HNBSC”),  
both independent firms of remuneration consultants appointed after 
consultation with the Board. The terms of engagement of Deloitte  
and HNBSC are available on request from the Secretary. Deloitte and 
HNBSC were appointed by the Committee and provide no services to the 
Group other than advice on executive remuneration to the Remuneration 
Committee, and, in the case of Deloitte, advice to the Group’s North 
American business on a software implementation programme and advice 
in relation to the audit of its Polish subsidiary. Ms K Geary (Director of 
Human Resources and Corporate Communications), Ms R Fyffe (Director 
of Performance and Reward) and Mr M J Robinson (Secretary) have 
provided advice or services to the Remuneration Committee that 
materially assisted it in its consideration of matters relating to directors’ 
remuneration for the financial year. The Chief Executive, Ms K Geary,  
Ms R Fyffe and Mr M J Robinson have, following the invitation of the 
Committee, attended certain of its meetings. However, they were not 
present at any meeting when any matter relating directly to their own 
remuneration was discussed, nor did they advise in any way in relation  
to their own remuneration. 

2 Remuneration policy 
2.1 General remuneration policy 
The Remuneration Committee, in setting remuneration policy, recognises 
the need to be competitive in an international market. The Committee’s 
policy is to set remuneration levels which ensure that the executive 
directors are fairly and responsibly rewarded in return for high levels of 
performance. Remuneration policy is designed to support key business 
strategies and to create a strong, performance-orientated environment.  
At the same time, the policy must attract, motivate and retain talent. 
Accordingly, executive directors receive base salaries comparable  
with companies of a similar size and international scope and have  
the opportunity to earn enhanced total remuneration for meeting the 
performance targets set by the Committee. In setting remuneration  
levels for the executive directors, the Committee takes account of the 
remuneration policy and practice applicable to other Group employees. 

The components of remuneration for executive directors are base salary  
(a fixed sum payable monthly which is reviewed annually), benefits 
(including car allowance and non-contributory health insurance), an annual 
bonus (with a deferred element to encourage director shareholdings), 
long-term incentives (comprising performance share plan awards) and 
pension contributions. 

The Remuneration Committee considers that a successful remuneration 
policy must ensure that a significant part of the remuneration package is 
linked to the achievement of stretching corporate performance targets. 
Performance-related elements for the year ended 30 September 2008 
comprise performance share plan awards, share options and annual 
bonus. The policy adopted by the Committee ensures that a significant 
proportion of the remuneration of executives is aligned with corporate 
performance, generating a strong alignment of interest with shareholders. 
As a result, significantly over half of the executive directors’ potential 
remuneration package is performance-related. Policy on performance-
based incentives for the forthcoming year is discussed below. 

2.2 Policy on salary of executive directors 
It is the policy of the Committee to pay base salaries to the executive 
directors at broadly market rates compared with those of executives of 
companies of a similar size and international scope (in particular those 
within the FTSE 50–150 with more than 50% of revenue derived from 
overseas), whilst also taking into account the executive directors’ 
individual performance and the performance of the Group. In the year 
ending 30 September 2009 salaries of executive directors have been 
increased by between 4% and 5% from those disclosed in this report,  
in line with comparator information from the time of the review.  

2.3 Policy on fees of non-executive directors 
The fees of the non-executive directors are reviewed every two years.  
For the two financial years ending on 30 September 2008, the basic  
fee for directors was £40,000. An additional fee of £5,000 and £7,000 
was paid for membership of the Remuneration and Audit Committees 
respectively, and further payments were made to the chair of each of 
these Committees (£6,000 and £8,000 for chairing the Remuneration  
and Audit Committees respectively). A further payment of £4,000 was 
made each year to the Senior Independent Director.  

For the two financial years ending 30 September 2010, the basic fee  
has been increased to £55,000, but Committee membership fees will  
no longer be paid. The chairmanship fees will be increased to £13,000 
and £17,000 for the Remuneration and Audit Committees respectively. 
The payment to the Senior Independent Director will be increased  
to £10,000. 

 
 
In relation to the Chairman of the Board, it is the policy of the Board  
for remuneration to be comparable to that of the median fees for  
non-executive chairs of companies of a comparable size and complexity.  
The Chairman’s remuneration will next be reviewed in 2010.  

Non-executive directors are not entitled to participate in any bonus,  
long-term incentive or pension schemes. 

2.4 Policy on bonus 
The bonus in the case of executive directors (and indeed all employees)  
is designed to reward outstanding performance. 

Bonus is linked to demanding strategic targets for the Group and for the 
individual operating companies, the meeting or out-performance of which 
is a significant achievement. The Committee considers the targets each 
year and selects those which it considers to be drivers of shareholder 
value. Bonus payable to executive directors for on-target performance  
is 75% of salary with maximum bonus potential of 125% of salary. 
Bonuses above on-target level represent superior performance against 
one or more measures. At the end of each year the Remuneration 
Committee assesses the degree to which the targets have been met. 

The requirement to defer bonus into shares applies only to those 
executive directors who have not yet met the shareholding policy of the 
Board (see paragraph 2.7 below). 

For the financial year to 30 September 2008, the cash multiplier which 
had previously applied was removed, and individual strategic objectives 
were introduced.  

For the financial year to 30 September 2009, executive directors with no 
specific divisional responsibility will have 75% of their bonus based on 
Group profit before tax and amortisation. This replaces EPS as the main 
earnings measure now that EPS growth will be the primary measure in 
the long-term incentives (see paragraph 2.5 below). The remaining 25% 
will be based on individual strategic objectives. For regional CEOs, 25%  
of bonus is based on Group profit before tax and amortisation, 50%  
on EBITA of the relevant operating company or companies, and the 
remaining 25% on individual objectives. 

In respect of any bonus awarded in excess of 75% of salary, 25% of  
that excess is to be satisfied in deferred shares and 75% in cash if the 
executive director has not yet achieved the target holding of shares 
equivalent to 150% of annual salary referred to below. If this shareholding 
target has been achieved the bonus will be paid entirely in cash.  
These shares awarded in respect of bonus, (which will be market 
purchased ordinary shares in the capital of the Company) will only be 
released after three years to the relevant executive director and will be 
generally at risk of forfeiture if the executive director leaves within the 
deferral period. Awards over deferred shares were made to executive 
directors as set out in the Directors’ remuneration table in paragraph 5 
below. 

55

2.5 Policy on long-term incentives  
The Committee has undertaken a wide-reaching review of long-term 
incentives to establish a motivational and performance-orientated 
structure that focuses on the creation of shareholder value. It consulted 
with major investors and representative bodies regarding the proposed 
changes and had a constructive and positive dialogue with them.  
Under the new arrangements for the financial year ending 30 September 
2009 executive share options will not be granted under the 1999 
Executive Share Option Scheme (“ESOS”).  

The Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) will be the main long-term incentive 
vehicle for the financial year to 30 September 2009. Currently PSP 
awards vest depending on the Company’s Total Shareholder Return 
(“TSR”) performance compared with a selected group of comparator 
companies over a three-year period. However, to best recognise the 
strengths of the performance conditions which have previously applied to 
the ESOS and PSP, future PSP awards will vest on the following basis:  

As has been the case with executive share options to date, a sliding scale 
based on EPS will be used. 25% of the award will vest at the end of the 
period if the increase in EPS exceeds RPI by 9% (an average of 3% per 
year); 100% of the award will vest at that time only if RPI is exceeded in 
that period by 27% (an average of 9% per year). Between those targets, 
awards will vest on a straight-line basis, and if those targets are not met 
there is no opportunity for re-testing.  

Awards will then be subject to a TSR ‘multiplier’ whereby the level of 
vesting based on EPS achievement will be adjusted according to TSR 
performance over the same three-year period compared with a group of 
international software and computer services companies (listed below). 
• 

If Sage’s TSR is ranked at lower quartile in the group, the multiplier  
is 0.75;  
If Sage’s TSR is ranked at median in the group, the multiplier is 1; and,  
If Sage’s TSR is ranked at upper quartile in the group, then the 
multiplier is 1.5.  

• 
• 

Straight-line pro-rating applies between 0.75 and 1, and between 1 and 
1.5, but the multiplier cannot be higher or lower than these figures. 

The minimum EPS growth performance required has been set at RPI+3% 
in light of business strategy and market expectations. The Committee 
considers that this level of EPS growth would represent robust 
performance in the market. The proportion of award that will vest for this 
level of EPS growth is 25% (previously 30% in the ESOS), before TSR 
performance is considered. 

The Remuneration Committee considers that this matrix approach to 
performance conditions is appropriately demanding at this time and 
provides the best incentive for the generation of shareholder value.  
EPS growth has been chosen because it requires executives to produce 
sustained improvement in the underlying performance of the Group; TSR 
has been chosen as it helps to align the interests of award holders with 
shareholders and complements the focus on Group financial results in the 
EPS condition and the annual bonus plan. 

 
56 

Wherever used in this Remuneration report, EPS refers to earnings  
per share before amortisation or impairment of intangible assets, 
exceptional items, amounts written off investments and is on a foreign 
currency neutral basis. This measure has been selected since the timing 
of acquisitions can be unpredictable, with the result that the amortisation 
charge in respect of intangible assets is inherently difficult to budget.  
The neutralised foreign currency basis has been selected as the Board 
considers this to be consistent with the presentation and assessment of 
results by shareholders. 

The comparator group for awards to be made in the year to  
30 September 2009 for TSR purposes will comprise the  
following companies:  

(cid:129) Adobe Systems 
(cid:129) ARM Holdings 
(cid:129) Autonomy  
(cid:129) Blackbaud  
(cid:129) Cap Gemini 
(cid:129) Cegid 
(cid:129) Dassault Systemes  
(cid:129) Exact  
(cid:129) Intuit 
(cid:129) Lawson Software 

(cid:129) LogicaCMG 
(cid:129) Micro Focus International 
(cid:129) Microsoft  
(cid:129) Misys 
(cid:129) MYOB 
(cid:129) Oracle 
(cid:129) Salesforce.com 
(cid:129) SAP 
(cid:129) Software AG 

The Committee will keep under review the comparator group to ensure 
that it remains appropriate. 

For comparator companies listed overseas the TSR is calculated in  
local currency since this is considered to give a better reflection of  
the underlying performance of the comparator companies over the 
performance period. The Committee will continue to review whether  
this treatment is appropriate. 

Grant policy under long-term incentive plans 
The grant of awards under the PSP is currently limited to shares worth up 
to 150% of base salary. However, shareholder approval is being sought  
at the Annual General Meeting in March 2009 to amend the rules of the 
PSP to increase this limit to 300% of salary. The reason for the increase  
is to reflect the fact that, going forward, long-term share incentives will be 
granted under the PSP only and not under the ESOS. It will therefore be 
necessary to have an increased individual limit under the PSP. Although 
300% would be the permitted maximum, in practice awards would be 
granted below this level. 

For instance, to recognise the loss of share options in the overall package, 
and the need to reward superior performance with commensurate 
reward, PSP awards to executive directors for the year to 30 September 
2009 will have a maximum value on award of 210% of salary.  
This represents a “core” award to the value of 140% of salary, which if 
maximum EPS growth is attained, and TSR performance is ranked  
upper quartile against the comparator group, could rise to 210% of salary 
(ignoring share price movements), subject to shareholder approval to the 
PSP rule amendment. The Remuneration Committee considers that this 
grant level is appropriate, taking account of the interaction of the 
challenging performance criteria and recognising the increased 
competition for senior executives. If, in due course, it were to become 
appropriate routinely to make awards higher than the 210% of salary 
maximum currently planned, then the Company will consult with its major 
investors accordingly, and prior to making such awards. There are 
currently no plans to increase the 210% award level. 

Awards under the PSP will normally be made to executive directors and 
senior executives across the Group after the preliminary declaration of the 
annual results. For the financial year to 30 September 2009, they will be 
made following the AGM in March 2009. 

For the year to 30 September 2009 and onwards, there are no intentions 
to grant options to executive directors under the ESOS, which ceases in 
December 2009.  

In the financial year to 30 September 2008 market value options were 
granted under the ESOS to senior executives and managers across  
the Group, as well as to other staff with high potential or to recognise 
significant achievement or local market practice. Grants to executive 
directors were limited to shares under option worth 100% of base salary. 

 
 
 
 
57

The performance targets governing the vesting of options are based on 
stretching EPS growth measured over a fixed three year period from the 
start of the financial year in which the grant is made. 30% of options will 
vest at the end of the period if the increase in EPS exceeds RPI by 15% 
(an average of 5% per year) and 100% of those options will vest at that 
time only if RPI is exceeded in that period by 27% (an average of 9%  
per year). Between those targets, options will vest on a straight-line basis.  
If those targets are not met at the end of the three year period, then no 
further retesting of the performance criteria will be undertaken and the 
options will lapse.  

All-employee share schemes 
UK based executive directors are entitled to participate in The Sage  
Group Savings-Related Share Option Plan (the “SAYE Scheme”).  
Mr G S Berruyer currently holds units granted under the Sage Plan 
d’Epargne d’Entreprise (“PEE”), which is an all-employee plan designed  
to enable French employees to acquire shares in the Company at a 
discounted price under terms comparable to those offered to UK 
employees under the SAYE Scheme. There are no performance 
conditions under either the SAYE Scheme or the PEE since these 
generally do not apply to all-employee share plans such as these. 

2.6 Policy on pensions 
All the executive directors’ pension arrangements are defined contribution. 
The Sage Executive Pension Scheme is the main pension fund for Sage 
executives in the UK. It is a defined contribution plan where the standard 
contribution rate is 25% of base salary subject, where appropriate, to 
limits set by HMRC. No components of remuneration, other than base 
salary, are pensionable. 

2.7 Policy on directors’ shareholdings 
The Committee believes that all executive directors should hold a 
substantial number of shares in the Company. It is, therefore, its policy 
that all executive directors over time hold shares equivalent in value  
to 150% of their annual salary. Until the required holding is achieved, 
executive directors will be expected to retain (net of any shares sold  
to meet the tax liability in respect of them) at least 50% of: 
•  Shares received as deferred bonus; 
•  Shares resulting (net of exercise costs) from the exercise of share 

options granted from December 2004 onwards; and 

•  Performance shares received under the PSP. 

In assessing whether the target of 150% of salary is met, vested but 
unexercised options under the share option schemes of the Company  
will be deemed to have a value equal to the net value after exercise costs 
and taxation of those options, as if exercised on the relevant date. 

2.8 Policy on service contracts 
In relation to contracts with executive directors, the Remuneration 
Committee aims to set notice or contract periods at one year. If it is 
necessary to offer longer notice or contract periods to new directors 
recruited from outside the Group, it is the Company’s policy to reduce 
these as soon as contractually possible after the initial period to a notice 
period of one year.  

Both executive and non-executive directors are subject to election  
by shareholders at the first Annual General Meeting following their 
appointment and thereafter require re-election at least once every three 
years. The appointment of a non-executive director may be terminated 
without compensation if that director is not re-elected by shareholders  
or otherwise in accordance with the Company’s articles of association. 
The appointment of the non-executives is for a fixed term of one or three 
years, during which period the appointment may be terminated by the 
Board on notice, ranging from six to 12 months (in the case of the 
Chairman of the Board). There are no provisions on payment for early 
termination in their letters of appointment. The Remuneration Committee 
reviews the contracts of executives on an annual basis to ensure they  
are in line with policy and market practice. 

Executive directors are permitted, where appropriate and with Board 
approval, to take non-executive directorships with other organisations in 
order to broaden their knowledge and experience in other markets and 
countries. Mr P A Walker is currently a non-executive director of Diageo 
plc. Mr P L Stobart is a non-executive director of Capital & Regional plc. 
Mr P S Harrison is a non-executive director of Hays plc. Fees received  
in their capacity as directors of these companies are retained by each  
of them reflecting the personal responsibility they undertake in these  
roles. In the year under review, these fees were £70,000 in the case of  
Mr P A Walker, £42,000 in the case of Mr P L Stobart and £57,000 in  
the case of Mr P S Harrison. 

The Board recognises the significant demands that are made on 
executive and non-executive directors and has therefore adopted a policy 
that no executive director should hold more than two directorships of 
other listed companies. The Board encourages executive directors to limit 
other directorships to one listed company and in no case should more 
than one directorship of another FTSE 100 company be taken. Where an 
executive director holds non-executive positions at more than one listed 
company only the fees from one such company will be retained by the 
director. No formal limit on other board appointments applies to non-
executive directors under the policy but prior approval from the Chairman 
on behalf of the Board is required in the case of any new appointment.  
In the case of the Chairman prior approval of the Senior Independent 
Director is required on behalf of the Board. 

The service contracts of executive directors and the letters of appointment 
of non-executive directors prohibit the disclosure of confidential 
information relating to the Group both during the term of the contract and 
after its termination. The letters of appointment of non-executive directors 
and service contracts of executive directors are available for inspection at 
the Company’s registered office during normal business hours and will be 
available at the Annual General Meeting. 

 
58 

3 Directors’ contracts and compensation 
All executive directors have service contracts, which may be terminated by the Company for breach by the executive or by giving 12 months notice. 
There are no pre-determined special provisions for directors with regard to compensation in the event of loss of office, with compensation based on 
what would be earned by way of salary, pension entitlement and other benefits over the notice period. In the event that a contract is to be terminated, 
payments to the executive director may be staged over the notice period, or in the case of executive directors other than Mr G S Berruyer, the contract 
terminated and payments made in lieu of notice at the same time as salary would have been paid throughout the 12 months notice period. There is no 
automatic entitlement to annual bonus or outstanding awards under share incentive plans. Non-executive directors’ appointments may be terminated 
without compensation other than in respect of fees during the notice period. 

The service agreement with Mr R Verni was terminated on 11 October 2007. Mr Verni received payments in lieu of 12 months notice under the contract 
at the times when salary would have been paid under his service agreement. Against these payments was set off the remuneration which Mr Verni 
received from third parties during that time. All payments ceased on 11 October 2008. The tables relating to executive share options and the 
performance share plan on page 61 onwards set out the treatment of his share awards. 

Details of the contract of service or contract for services of each person who has served as a director of the Company at any time during the financial 
year are set out below: 

Director  
Executive directors 
G S Berruyer 

D H Clayton 
P S Harrison 
P L Stobart  
P A Walker  
Non-executive directors 
A J Hobson  
T Ingram 

T C W Ingram 

R Markland 

I Mason 

M E Rolfe 

Date of contract 

Unexpired term 
of contract on
30 September 2008

Notice period under contract 

30 September 2004

12 months

25 July 2007
1 April 2000
26 September 2003
26 September 2003

Age 60 or 12 months
Age 60 or 12 months
Age 60 or 12 months
Age 60 or 12 months

12 months from the Company and/or 6 months 
from individual
12 months from the Company and/or individual
12 months from the Company and/or individual
12 months from the Company and/or individual
12 months from the Company and/or individual

24 May 2007
23 November 2007

1 year 8 months
2 years 3 months

14 March 2008

15 August 2006

6 months

1 year

31 October 2007

2 years 1 month

23 November 2007

2 years 2 months

12 months from the Company and/or individual 
6 months from the Company and/or 1 month 
from individual
6 months from the Company and/or 1 month 
from individual
6 months from the Company and/or 1 month 
from individual
6 months from the Company and/or 1 month 
from individual
6 months from the Company and/or 1 month 
from individual

12 months from the Company and/or individual

The following director ceased to be a director during the course of the financial year 
R Verni  

8 July 2003

Nil (terminated on 
11 October 2007)

Notes: 
(cid:129) There are no other benefits in the contracts relevant to termination payment. 

 
 
 
 
59

4 Performance graph 
Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) against FTSE 100 
The Company is required to include a graph indicating its TSR performance (that is, share price assuming reinvestment of any dividends) over the  
last five years relative to a recognised equity index. Accordingly the graph below shows the Company’s performance relative to the FTSE 100. 

This graph shows the value, by 30 September 2008 of £100 invested in The Sage Group plc on 30 September 2003 compared with the value of £100 
invested in the FTSE 100 index. The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year ends. 

The FTSE 100 Index is, in the opinion of the directors, the most appropriate index against which the TSR of the Company should be measured 
because of the comparable size of the companies which comprise that index. 

TSR performance to 30 September 2008 for PSP awards made to date was as follows: 
(cid:129)  2006 awards – TSR ranking of 9.13 out of 11 comparators 
(cid:129)  2007 awards – TSR ranking of 10.17 out of 13 comparators 
(cid:129)  2008 awards – TSR ranking of 10.42 out of 19 comparators 

 
 
 
 
60 

5 Directors’ remuneration  
The information set out in sections 5.1 to 5.4 below has been subject to audit as required by part 3 of Schedule 7A of the Companies Act 1985. 

5.1 Directors’ emoluments and compensation (audited information) 
The total salaries, fees and benefits paid to or receivable by each person who served as a director at any time during the year, appear below.  
These include all payments for services as a director of the Company, its subsidiaries or otherwise in connection with the management of the Group 
and any other directorship he or she holds because of the Company’s nomination. The other elements of directors remuneration are referred to under 
the heading “General remuneration policy” above. 

Director 
Executive directors 
G S Berruyer  
D H Clayton 
P S Harrison  
P L Stobart  
R Verni1 
P A Walker  
Non-executive directors  
A J Hobson 
J M Horn-Smith2 
T Ingram  
T C W Ingram  
R Markland 
I Mason3 
M E Rolfe4 

Salary  
and fees 
’000 

Bonus 
deferred 
into shares5
’000 

Bonus
’000

Benefits 
in kind6
’000 

c625 
£335 
£335 
£425 
$632 
£735 

£250 
– 
£45 
£62 
£52 
£48 
£47 

c546
£251
£251
£191
–
£551

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

c26 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

c7 
£17 
£18 
£18 
– 
£21 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2008
Total
’000

c1,204
£603
£604
£634
$632
£1,307

£250
–
£45
£62
£52
£48
£47

2008  
Pension 
contributions7
’000 

2007
Pension
contributions
’000 

2007 
Total 
’000 

a1,216 
£42 
£676 
£793 
$933 
£1,459 

£127 
£454 
£45 
£59 
£52 
– 
– 

– 
£84 
£84 
£106 
– 
£184 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

–
–
£48
£60
$6
£105

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Notes: 
1 Ceased to be a member of the Board, and contract terminated on 11 October 2007. Therefore, the figure above represents the fees paid to him whilst a director ($23,356) and the 

payment in lieu of notice due to him ($608,875). 

2 Ceased to be a member of the Board on 26 April 2007. 
3 Appointed 1 November 2007. 
4 Appointed 1 December 2007. 
5 An element of bonus has been deferred by the Company as an award under the Sage Group Deferred Bonus Plan. Awards under that plan, which were made on 10 December 2008 
over such number of shares whose market value is as close as possible to, but no greater than, the deferred bonus, will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. In the event  
that a director ceases to be an employee of the Group for reasons other than death, retirement, redundancy, injury, ill-health or disability before the third anniversary of the date of grant, 
then the award will lapse unless the Remuneration Committee recommends otherwise. The directors have no entitlement to the bonus deferred into an award of shares until it vests.  
Full details of the award will be contained in the report for the year ending 30 September 2009. 

6 Benefits in kind include the provision of car allowance and insurance. 
7 Retirement benefits were accruing to four directors (2007: four). All pension contributions accrued under money purchase schemes. 
(cid:129) Apart from the payment in lieu of notice to Mr R Verni referred to in note 1 above, no payments for compensation for loss of office or otherwise relating to termination of office or 

employment were made during the year. 

(cid:129) Total directors’ emoluments were £4,893,000 (2007: £5,001,000). 
(cid:129) No other payments (including non-cash benefits) were made to third parties in respect of the services of a person who served as a director of the Company at any time during the 

financial year. 

(cid:129) Including gains on share options, the total emoluments of the highest paid director were £1,307,000 (2007: £1,459,000). 
(cid:129) In the table above exchange rates of $1.97/£1 and a1.31/£1 have been adopted. 

5.2 Directors’ share options (audited information) 
There are limits on the number of newly issued shares that can be used to satisfy awards under the Group’s employee share schemes in any  
ten year period. The limits and the Group’s current position against those limits as at 17 December 2008 (the last practicable date prior to printing  
this document), are set out below: 

Limit  
7.5% of Group’s share capital can be used for discretionary share schemes 
10% of Group’s share capital can be used for all share schemes 

Current position
5.4% used
5.9% used

The Company currently intends to satisfy awards under the Performance Share Plan through the market purchase of shares. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
61

Executive share options 
The Group’s only current executive share option scheme is the ESOS where, in the year under review, executive directors received grants worth 100% 
of their base salary at the then relevant exchange rates (where applicable). The outstanding executive share options granted to each director of the 
Company under the executive share option schemes, including the ESOS, are as follows: 

Director 
G S Berruyer 

Exercise  
price per  
share 
136.00p 
329.75p 
171.00p 
198.00p 
258.50p 
270.00p 
214.00p 

D H Clayton 

214.00p 

P S Harrison  

P L Stobart 

R Verni  

136.00p 
721.00p 
329.75p 
134.00p 
171.00p 
198.00p 
258.50p 
270.00p 
214.00p 

329.75p 
134.00p 
171.00p 
198.00p 
258.50p 
270.00p 
214.00p 

204.50p 
329.75p 
228.50p 
134.00p 
171.00p 
198.00p 
258.50p 
270.00p 

Shares under  
option at 
1 October 
2007  
number 
350,000 
121,304 
175,438 
189,082 
147,748 
147,639 
– 
1,131,211 
– 
– 
60,000 
30,000 
65,595 
186,567 
128,654 
133,838 
116,054 
118,519 
– 
839,227 
121,304 
223,880 
175,438 
181,818 
146,228 
148,889 
– 
997,557 
150,000 
121,304 
89,031 
298,507 
182,158 
178,062 
151,975 
140,846 
1,311,883 

Granted
during 
the year 
number
–
–
–
–
–
–
218,545
218,545
156,542
156,542
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
156,542
156,542
–
–
–
–
–
–
198,598
198,598
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Exercised
during 
the year 
number
(350,000)
–
–
–
–
–
–
(350,000)
–
–
(60,000)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(60,000)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(150,000)
–
–
(298,507)
(182,158)
(178,062)
–
–
(808,727)

Lapsed 
during 
the year 
number
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(121,304)
(89,031)
–
–
–
(151,975)
(140,846)
(503,156)

Shares under 
option at
30 September
2008 
number
–
121,304
175,438
189,082
147,748
147,639
218,545
999,756
156,542
156,542
–
30,000
65,595
186,567
128,654
133,838
116,054
118,519
156,542
935,769
121,304
223,880
175,438
181,818
146,228
148,889
198,598
1,196,155
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Date exercisable
16 December 2001 – 16 December 2008
17 January 2004 – 17 January 2011
24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013
6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015
10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016
10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017
10 January 2011 – 10 January 2018

10 January 2011 – 10 January 2018

16 December 2001 – 16 December 2008
23 February 2003 – 23 February 2010
17 January 2004 – 17 January 2011
31 December 2005 – 31 December 2012
24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013
6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015
10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016
10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017
10 January 2011 – 10 January 2018

17 January 2004 – 17 January 2011
31 December 2005 – 31 December 2012
24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013
6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015
10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016
10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017
10 January 2011 – 10 January 2018

7 June 2002 – 7 June 2009
17 January 2004 – 17 January 2011
 2 January 2005 – 2 January 2012
31 December 2005 – 31 December 2012
24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013
6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015
10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016
10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
62 

Executive share options (continued) 

Exercise  
price per  
share 
136.00p 
329.75p 
134.00p 
171.00p 
198.00p 
258.50p 
270.00p 
214.00p 

Shares under  
option at 
1 October 
2007  
number 
440,000 
151,630 
313,432 
280,701 
315,656 
253,771 
258,889 
– 
2,014,079 
6,293,957 

Granted
during 
the year 
number
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
343,457
343,457
1,073,684

Exercised
during 
the year 
number
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1,218,727)

Lapsed 
during 
the year 
number
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(503,156)

Shares under 
option at
30 September
2008 
number
440,000
151,630
313,432
280,701
315,656
253,771
258,889
343,457
2,357,536
5,645,758

Director 
P A Walker 

Total 

Date exercisable
16 December 2001 – 16 December 2008
17 January 2004 – 17 January 2011
31 December 2005 – 31 December 2012
24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013
6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015
10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016
10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017
10 January 2011 – 10 January 2018

Notes: 
(cid:129) No options were varied during the year. 
(cid:129) Options granted to all directors of the Company and its operating subsidiaries throughout the Group under the ESOS that are exercisable on or after 23 February 2003 but before  

6 January 2008 will normally be exercisable only if the percentage increase in the Company’s EPS has exceeded the RPI by at least 3% each year in the three year period since grant  
i.e. by a total of 9%. If that target is not met at the end of the three year period, then those options will only be exercisable if EPS growth exceeds RPI by 12% over the four year period 
following the date of grant. In respect of options exercisable on or after 6 January 2008 the performance criteria for exercise are set out in paragraph 2.5 above. In respect of any share 
options exercisable prior to 23 February 2003 no performance conditions apply as such conditions were not deemed appropriate by the Remuneration Committee at that time. 

(cid:129) For the options exercised in the year, the market price of the exercised shares at the date of exercise was as follows: 
– G S Berruyer – 1 September 2008 was 208.64p. 
– P S Harrison – 22 September 2008 was 214.91p. 
– R Verni – 25 January 2008 was 215.75p (option price 134.00p). 
– R Verni – 1 February 2008 was 230.50p (option price 134.00p). 
– R Verni – 9 May 2008 was 214.75p (option prices 134.00p, 171.00p, 198.00p and 204.50p). 
(cid:129) The market price of a share of the Company at 30 September 2008 was 195.30p and the lowest and highest market price during the year was 187.10p and 251.75p respectively. 
(cid:129) Total gains on the exercise of share options were £684,275 (2007: £1,736,952), including £684,275 (2007: £1,736,952) on executive share options.  
(cid:129) The table above does not show exercises of options after 30 September 2008 which are referred to in the notes to the table in paragraph 5.5 below. 
(cid:129) On termination of his contract on 11 October 2007, the Committee permitted Mr R Verni to exercise any vested share options for a period of six months following the termination date. 
(cid:129) Options which vested during the 12 months following the termination date of Mr R Verni, where the performance period for those options had ended prior to the termination date were 

permitted to be exercised within six months of their vesting date. 

All-employee share scheme 
In relation to the SAYE Scheme, the outstanding options granted to each director of the Company are as follows: 

Exercise  
price per  
share 
184.00p 
184.00p 

Shares under  
option at 
1 October 
2007  
number 
5,081 
5,081 
10,162 

Granted
during 
the year 
number
–
–
–

Exercised
during 
the year 
number
–
–
–

Lapsed 
during 
the year 
number
–
–
–

Shares under 
option at
30 September
2008 
number
5,081
5,081
10,162

Director 
P S Harrison 
P L Stobart 
Total  

Date exercisable
1 August 2009 – 31 January 2010
1 August 2009 – 31 January 2010

Notes: 
(cid:129) These options are not subject to performance conditions since these do not apply to this type of all-employee share scheme. 
(cid:129) Under the PEE Mr G S Berruyer holds units in a French mutual fund, which holds shares in the Company. The units must be held for no less than five years. On 30 September 2007 
14,801.8 units were held by Mr G S Berruyer at a price of a3.89 per share. On 30 September 2008 16,566.38 units were held at a price of a2.668 per share. Units are valued on a 
weekly basis. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.3 Performance Share Plan (audited information) 
The outstanding awards granted to each director of the Company under the Performance Share Plan are as follows: 

Director  
G S Berruyer  

D H Clayton 

P S Harrison  

P L Stobart  

R Verni  

P A Walker  

Total  

Awarded  
1 October  
2007 
 number  
178,903 
147,748 
147,639 
– 
474,290 
– 
– 
128,329 
116,054 
118,519 
– 
362,902 
174,334 
146,228 
148,889 
– 
469,451 
166,118 
151,975 
140,846 
458,939 
302,663 
253,771 
258,889 
– 
815,323 
2,580,905 

Awarded 
during 
the year 
number
–
–
–
361,647
361,647
253,787
253,787
–
–
–
253,787
253,787
–
–
–
321,969
321,969
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
556,818
556,818
1,748,008

Vested 
during 
the year 
number
(77,956)
–
–
–
(77,956)
–
–
(55,918)
–
–
–
(55,918)
(75,965)
–
–
–
(75,965)
(72,386)
–
–
(72,386)
(131,885)
–
–
–
(131,885)
(414,110)

Lapsed 
during 
the year 
number
(100,947)
–
–
–
(100,947)
–
–
(72,411)
–
–
–
(72,411)
(98,369)
–
–
–
(98,369)
(93,732)
(151,975)
(140,846)
(386,553)
(170,778)
–
–
–
(170,778)
(829,058)

Awarded 
30 September 
2008  
number 
– 
147,748 
147,639 
361,647 
657,034 
253,787 
253,787 
– 
116,054 
118,519 
253,787 
488,360 
– 
146,228 
148,889 
321,969 
617,086 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
253,771 
258,889 
556,818 
1,069,478 
3,085,745 

63

Vesting date
18 March 2008
10 January 2009
10 January 2010
3 March 2011

3 March 2011

18 March 2008
10 January 2009
10 January 2010
3 March 2011

18 March 2008
10 January 2009
10 January 2010
3 March 2011

18 March 2008
10 January 2009
10 January 2010

18 March 2008
10 January 2009
10 January 2010
3 March 2011

Notes: 
(cid:129) No variations were made in the terms of the awards in the year. 
(cid:129) The market price of a share on 3 March 2008, the date of the awards made in the year ended 30 September 2008 was 198.00p. 
(cid:129) For awards which vested in the year ended 30 September 2008, the market price on the date of award (18 March 2005) was 206.50p. The market price of a share on 18 March 2008, 

the vesting date of these awards was 192.90p. 

(cid:129) The vesting of shares awarded under the Performance Share Plan is subject to performance conditions measuring the Group’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) against a comparator 
group. 30% of shares vest (other than for awards in March 2008 where 25% vest) for median TSR performance as compared to that group whilst all shares vest for upper quintile  
(top 20%) TSR performance. Between those points, shares will vest on a straight-line basis. For awards made in 2005, TSR performance was such that 40.7% of shares originally 
awarded vested to executive directors. 

(cid:129) In respect of the awards vesting in 2008 and 2009 the comparator group for TSR comprised: Blackbaud, Business Objects, Cap Gemini, Cegid, Exact, Geac, Intuit, iSoft, Microsoft, 

Misys, MYOB, Northgate Information Solutions, Oracle, Salesforce.com, SAP and Systems Union. For those vesting in 2010 the group comprised: Blackbaud, Business Objects, Cap 
Gemini, Cegid, Exact, Intuit, iSoft, Lawson Software, LogicaCMG, Microsoft, Misys, MYOB, Northgate Information Solutions, Oracle, Salesforce.com and SAP. For those vesting in 2011 
the group comprised: Adobe Systems, ARM Holdings, Autonomy, Blackbaud, Cap Gemini, Cegid, Dassault Systemes, Exact, Intuit, Lawson Software, LogicaCMG, Micro Focus 
International, Microsoft, Misys, MYOB, Oracle, Salesforce.com, SAP and Software AG. 

(cid:129) The Committee permitted only the 2005 PSP award to vest to Ron Verni following the termination of his contract on 11 October 2007 as the vesting would have occurred during the  
12 months following termination and the performance period relevant to the award was complete. His award was subject to the same performance criteria as all other PSP awards 
made to executive directors. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64 

5.4 Deferred shares (audited information) 
The outstanding awards granted to directors of the Company under the Sage Group Deferred Bonus Plan are as follows. 

Director 
G S Berruyer 

P S Harrison 

P L Stobart 

R Verni 

P A Walker 

Total 

Shares at  
30 September  
2007 
number 
11,736 
10,815 
– 

Shares 
awarded
during the year 
number
–
–
14,714

22,551 
8,418 
10,187 
– 
18,605 
3,524 
3,878 
– 
7,402 
17,693 
10,715 
28,408 
19,853 
22,275 
– 
42,128 
119,094 

14,714
–
–
11,495
11,495
–
–
8,401
8,401
–
–
–
–
–
25,111
25,111
59,721

Shares 
vested 
during the year 
number
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(17,693)
–
(17,693)
–
–
–
–
(17,693)

Shares 
lapsed
during the year 
number
–
–
–

Shares at  
30 September  
2008 
number 
11,736 
10,815 
14,714 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(10,715)
(10,715)
–
–
–
–
(10,715)

37,265 
8,418 
10,187 
11,495 
30,100 
3,524 
3,878 
8,401 
15,803 
– 
– 
– 
19,853 
22,275 
25,111 
67,239 
150,407 

Vesting date
10 January 2009
10 January 2010
10 January 2011

10 January 2009
10 January 2010
10 January 2011

10 January 2009
10 January 2010
10 January 2011

10 January 2009
10 January 2010

10 January 2009
10 January 2010
10 January 2011

Notes: 
(cid:129) Following the termination of Mr R Verni’s contract on 11 October 2007, the Committee permitted the vesting of the 2006 Deferred Shares award only. 
(cid:129) Awards of shares will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. In the event that a director ceases to be an employee of the Group for reasons other than death,  

retirement, redundancy, injury, ill-health or disability before the third anniversary of the date of grant then the rights to the award will lapse, unless the Remuneration Committee 
recommend otherwise.  

(cid:129) Awards are not subject to further performance conditions once granted. 
(cid:129) No variations were made in the terms of the awards in the year. 
(cid:129) The market price of a share on 10 January 2008, the date of the award, was 214.00p. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
65

5.5 Interests in shares 
The interests of each person who was a director of the Company as at 30 September 2008 (together with interests held by his or her connected 
persons) were: 

Director 
G S Berruyer  
D H Clayton  
P S Harrison  
A J Hobson  
T Ingram  
T C W Ingram  
R Markland  
I Mason 
M E Rolfe 
P L Stobart  
P A Walker  
Total  

Ordinary 
shares at
30 September 
2008 
number
301,836
31,000
41,065
24,126
3,600
33,552
5,000
10,000
10,000
67,803
6,201,657
6,729,639

Ordinary 
shares at
30 September 
2007 
number
223,880
31,000
8,437
24,126
3,600
33,552
5,000
–
–
23,477
6,069,772
6,422,844

Notes: 
(cid:129) There have been no changes in the directors’ holdings in the share capital of the Company between 30 September 2008 and 17 December 2008 other than those referred to in the 

note below: 

– On 10 December 2008 Mr P A Walker exercised options under the terms of The Sage Group (No. 2) Executive Share Option Scheme over 440,000 ordinary shares at an option price  

of 136.00p per share. He subsequently sold on that day 440,000 ordinary shares at an average price of 179.90p per share.  

5.6 Significant awards to past directors 
No significant awards were made to any person who was not a director at the time the award was made but who was previously a director. 

Approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf: 

T C W Ingram 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
17 December 2008 

 
66 

Consolidated income statement 
For the year ended 30 September 2008 

Revenue  
Cost of sales  
Gross profit  
Selling and administrative expenses  
Operating profit  
Finance income  
Finance expenses  
Net finance expenses  
Profit before taxation  
Taxation  
Profit for the year – attributable to equity shareholders 

EBITA*  

Earnings per share (pence)  

– Basic  
– Diluted  

Note  

1  

1,3  
2  
2  
2  

4  
22,23  

1  

6  
6  

2008
£m

1,295.0
(94.0)
1,201.0
(933.6)
267.4
3.8
(30.2)
(26.4)
241.0
(74.7)
166.3

2007
£m

1,157.6
(103.7)
1,053.9
(798.7)
255.2
3.6
(35.5)
(31.9)
223.3
(69.2)
154.1

299.8

283.2

12.73p
12.69p

11.85p
11.79p

Consolidated statement of recognised income  
and expense 
For the year ended 30 September 2008 

Profit for the year 

Net exchange adjustments offset in reserves 
Equity movement of deferred tax 
Actuarial gain/(loss) on employment benefits 
Net gains/(losses) not recognised in income statement 

Total recognised income for the year – attributable to equity shareholders 

*EBITA measure (Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation) excludes the effects of: 
(cid:129) Amortisation of acquired intangible assets; and 
(cid:129) Net amortisation or capitalisation of software development expenditure. 

Note  
22,23 

21,23 
17,22,23 
22,23 

2008
£m
166.3

117.1
(0.2)
3.1
120.0

286.3

2007 
£m
154.1

(51.6)
(3.3)
(1.2)
(56.1)

98.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet 
As at 30 September 2008 

67

Non-current assets  
Goodwill  
Other intangible assets  
Property, plant and equipment  
Deferred tax assets  

Current assets  
Inventories  
Trade and other receivables  
Cash and cash equivalents  

Total assets  

Current liabilities  
Trade and other payables  
Current tax liabilities  
Financial liabilities  
– Borrowings  
Deferred consideration  
Deferred income  

Non-current liabilities  
Financial liabilities  
– Borrowings  
Retirement benefit obligations  
Deferred tax liabilities  

Total liabilities  
Net assets  

Equity  
Share capital  
Share premium account  
Other reserves  
Retained earnings  
Total equity 

2008
£m

1,825.5
223.7
140.5
5.2
2,194.9

5.4
267.6
70.1
343.1

2007
Restated
£m

1,567.0
200.6
130.5
8.3
1,906.4

5.5
230.3
65.6
301.4

2,538.0

2,207.8

(247.2)
(69.2)

(13.9)
(2.6)
(352.2)
(685.1)

(575.2)
(3.9)
(26.8)
(605.9)

(210.2)
(56.3)

(0.3)
(8.5)
(300.2)
(575.5)

(562.0)
(5.3)
(14.2)
(581.5)

(1,291.0)
1,247.0

(1,157.0)
1,050.8

13.1
486.6
109.2
638.1
1,247.0

13.0
478.2
(7.9)
567.5
1,050.8

Note 

7  
8  
9  
17  

10  
11  
12  

13  

15  

14 

15  
28  
17  

18  
20  
21  
22  
23  

The consolidated financial statements on pages 66 to 105 were approved by the Board of Directors on 17 December 2008 and are signed on their  
behalf by:  

P A Walker  
Director    

P S Harrison 
Director 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68 

Consolidated cash flow statement 
For the year ended 30 September 2008 

Cash flows from operating activities  
Cash generated from continuing operations  
Interest received  
Interest paid  
Tax paid  
Net cash generated from operating activities  

Cash flows from investing activities  
Acquisitions of subsidiaries (net of cash acquired)  
Disposal of subsidiaries  
Purchase of intangible assets  
Purchase of property, plant and equipment  
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment  
Net cash used in investing activities  

Cash flows from financing activities  
Net proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital  
Finance lease principal payments  
Issue costs on loans  
Repayment of borrowings  
New borrowings  
Dividends paid to shareholders  
Net cash used in financing activities  

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents (before exchange rate changes)  
Effects of exchange rate changes  
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 October  
Cash and cash equivalents at 30 September  

Note 

25  
2  
2 

26(g)  

8  
9  

25  
25  
25  
25  
5  

25 

12  

2008
£m

342.0
3.8
(29.2)
(62.5)
254.1

(81.1)
–
(15.4)
(25.0)
1.8
(119.7)

8.5
(0.1)
(0.3)
(233.5)
193.9
(106.2)
(137.7)

(3.3)
7.8
4.5
65.6
70.1

2007
£m

317.1
3.6
(34.4)
(66.1)
220.2

(96.2)
0.9
(15.9)
(22.1)
0.2
(133.1)

15.0
(0.2)
(0.2)
(189.0)
122.2
(49.0)
(101.2)

(14.1)
(2.3)
(16.4)
82.0
65.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the accounts – Group 
For the year ended 30 September 2008 

69

Group accounting policies  
General information 
The Sage Group plc (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries (together  
“the Group”) is one of the leading global suppliers of business 
management software and services to small and medium-sized 
enterprises. Operating in 26 countries worldwide in the UK & Ireland, 
Mainland Europe, North America, Southern Hemisphere and Asia. 

The Company is a limited liability Company incorporated and domiciled in 
the UK. The address of its registered office is North Park, Newcastle upon 
Tyne, NE13 9AA. 

The Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange. 

The Group consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue  
by the Board of directors on 17 December 2008. 

a Basis of preparation 
As an EU listed company, The Sage Group plc is required to prepare  
its Group accounts using International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”), as adopted by the European Union, with effect from  
1 October 2005.  

The accounts are also prepared in accordance with IFRIC interpretations 
as endorsed by the EU and with those parts of the Companies Act 1985 
that are applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. 

The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost convention 
except where adopted IFRS require an alternative treatment. The principal 
variations from the historical cost convention relates to IAS 19, “Employee 
Benefits” and IFRS 2, “Share-based Payment”. 

Balance sheet restatement 
When the accounting for acquisitions is provisional at a year end date  
and is then finalised within 12 months, the carrying amount of the assets 
and associated goodwill is accounted for at the revised level from the 
original acquisition date. Comparative information presented for the 
periods before the accounting is complete, is presented as if the initial 
accounting had been complete from the acquisition date. As a result the 
Consolidated balance sheet as at 30 September 2007 has been restated 
to reflect the final accounting. The impact of the restatement has been  
to reduce goodwill by £5.1m, and increase other intangible assets by 
£5.1m. There is no impact on the Consolidated income statement for  
the year ended 30 September 2007. 

Standards, amendment and interpretations effective in 2008 
IFRS 7, “Financial instruments: Disclosures”, and the complementary 
amendment to IAS 1, “Presentation of Financial Statements – Capital 
Disclosures”, introduces new disclosures relating to financial instruments 
and does not have any impact on the classification and valuation of the 
Group financial instruments, or the disclosures relating to taxation. 

The principal IFRS accounting policies of the Group are set out below: 

b Basis of consolidation 
The financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements  
of the Company and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries) 
prepared at the Balance sheet date. Control is achieved where the 
Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies  
of an entity so as to benefit from its activities. 

The results of subsidiaries acquired during the year are included in  
the Consolidated income statement, Consolidated statement of 
recognised income and expense and Consolidated cash flow statement 
from the date of control. They are de-consolidated from the date that 
control ceases. 

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are 
eliminated on consolidation. 

Minority interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are 
identified separately from the Group’s equity therein. Minority interests 
consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the original 
business combination and the minorities’ share of changes in equity  
since the date of the combination.  

c Business combinations 
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the purchase 
method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the 
fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or 
assumed and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for 
control of the acquiree, plus any costs directly attributable to the business 
combination. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3, “Business 
Combinations” are recognised at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially 
measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business 
combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the  
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities recognised. If, after 
reassessment, the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s 
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the cost of 
the business combination, the excess is recognised immediately in the 
income statement. 

The interest of minority shareholders in the acquiree is initially measured  
at the minority’s proportion of the net fair value of the assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities recognised. 

d Revenue recognition 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or 
receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods and services 
provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, VAT and 
other sales related taxes. 

The Group reports revenue under two revenue categories:  
•  Subscription revenues, which are recurring in nature and include 

combined software/support contracts, maintenance and support, 
transaction revenues (payment and health insurance claims 
processing) and hosted products; and 

•  Software and software-related services revenue, which includes 
software licences, sale of professional services, business forms, 
hardware and training. 

Subscriptions – revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over  
the term of the subscription contract. Revenue not recognised in the 
income statement under this policy is classified as deferred income in  
the balance sheet. 

Software licences – the Group recognises the revenue allocable to 
software licences and upgrades when all the following conditions have 
been satisfied: 
•  The Group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and 

rewards of ownership of the licence; 

•  The Group retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the 
degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over  
the goods sold; 

•  The amount of revenue can be measured reliably; 
• 

It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the 
transaction will flow; and 

•  The costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can 

be measured reliably. 

 
70 

Group accounting policies (continued) 
d Revenue recognition (continued) 
Where appropriate the Group provides a reserve for estimated returns 
under the standard acceptance terms at the time the revenue is recorded. 

Where software is sold with after-sales service, the consideration is 
allocated between the different elements on fair value. The revenue 
allocated to each element is recognised as outlined above. 

Other products (which includes business forms and hardware) – revenue 
is recognised as the products are shipped. 

Other services (which includes the sale of professional services and 
training) – revenue associated with the transaction is recognised by 
reference to the stage of completion of the transaction at the balance 
sheet date. The outcome of a transaction can be estimated reliably when 
all the following conditions are satisfied: 
•  The amount of revenue can be measured reliably; 
• 

It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the 
transaction will flow to the Group; 

•  The state of completion of the transaction at the balance sheet date 

can be measured reliably; and 

•  The costs incurred for the transaction and the costs to complete the 

transaction can be measured reliably. 

e Goodwill 
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair 
value of the Group’s interest in the identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is 
carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill previously 
written-off directly to reserves under UK GAAP prior to 1 October 1998 
has not been reinstated and is not recycled to the income statement  
on the disposal of the business to which it relates. Gains and losses  
on disposal of the entity includes the carrying amount of the foreign 
exchange on the goodwill relating to the entity sold (except for goodwill 
taken to reserves prior to the transition to IFRS on 1 October 2004). 

f Impairment of assets 
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purposes of 
impairment testing. The recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit  
to which the goodwill relates is tested annually for impairment or when 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired.  
The carrying values of property, plant and equipment, investments 
measured using a cost basis and intangible assets other than goodwill  
are reviewed for impairment only when events indicate the carrying value 
may be impaired. 

In an impairment test, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating  
unit or asset is estimated to determine the extent of any impairment loss. 
The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and 
the value-in-use in the Group. An impairment loss is recognised to the 
extent that the carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount. 

In determining a cash-generating unit’s or asset’s value-in-use, estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value  
of money and risks specific to the cash-generating unit or asset that have 
not already been included in the estimate of future cash flows. 

g Intangible assets – arising on business combinations 
Intangible assets are recognised when brands, technology and/or 
customer related contractual cash flows exist, along with any other 
intangibles acquired on a business combination, and their fair value  
can therefore be measured reliably.  

Amortisation of intangible assets is charged to the income statement on a 
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each intangible asset. 
Intangible assets are amortised from the date they are available for use. 

The estimated useful lives are as follows: 
•  Brand names  
•  Technology/In process R&D (IPR&D) 
•  Customer relationships 

– 3 to 20 years  
– 3 to 7 years 
– 4 to 15 years 

h Intangible assets – other 
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated at cost 
less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Software assets 
are amortised over their estimated useful lives, which do not exceed  
seven years. 

i Internally generated intangible assets – research and 
development expenditure 
Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the 
period in which it is incurred. 

An internally generated intangible asset arising from the development  
of software is recognised only if all of the following conditions are met: 
• 
•  The development costs can be measured reliably; 
•  Technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset can  

It is probable that the asset will create future economic benefits; 

be demonstrated; 

•  There is the intention to complete the asset and use or sell it; 
•  There is the ability to use or sell the asset; and 
•  Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete  
the development and to use or sell the asset are available. 

Internally generated intangible assets are amortised over their estimated 
useful lives which is between three to six years. Where no internally 
generated intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure 
is charged to the income statement in the period in which it is incurred. 

j Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses if applicable. Depreciation on 
property, plant and equipment is provided down to an asset’s residual 
value over its useful economic life as follows: 
•  Freehold buildings  
•  Long leasehold buildings and improvements   – over period  

– 50 years 

•  Plant and equipment  
•  Motor vehicles  
•  Office equipment  

Freehold land is not depreciated. 

of lease 

– 2 to 7 years 
– 4 years 
– 5 to 7 years 

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, 
at each balance sheet date. 

 
 
 
 
 
71

k Inventories 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.  

Cost includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and 
bringing them to their existing location and condition. 

l Cash and cash equivalents 
For the purpose of preparation of the cash flow statement, cash and cash 
equivalents include cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits 
with an original maturity period of three months or less. Bank overdrafts 
that are an integral part of a subsidiary’s cash management are included 
in cash and cash equivalents where they have a legal right of set-off  
and there is an intention to settle net, against positive cash balances, 
otherwise bank overdrafts are classified as borrowings. 

m Financial assets 
The Group classifies its financial assets in the category loans and 
receivables. This classification is due to the purpose for which the financial 
assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its 
financial assets at initial recognition. 

Loans and receivables 
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or 
determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are 
included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months 
after the balance sheet date. These are classified as non-current assets. 
The Group’s loans and receivables comprise trade and other receivables 
(excluding prepayments and accrued income) and cash and cash 
equivalents in the balance sheet (note n). 

n Trade receivables and trade payables 
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment. 

A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there  
is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts 
due according to the original terms of the receivables. Significant financial 
difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy  
or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments are 
considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. The amount  
of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount  
and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the 
original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced 
through the use of an allowance account, and the amount of the loss  
is recognised in the income statement within selling and administrative 
expenses. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written-off against 
the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries  
of amounts previously written-off are credited against selling and 
administrative expenses in the income statement. 

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 

o Taxation 
Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and 
deferred tax. 

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year.  

Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the income statement 
because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or 
deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never 
taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated 
using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date. 

Deferred tax is recognised on differences between the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding 
tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit and is accounted  
for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are 
generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax 
assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits 
will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be 
utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary 
difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in 
a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that 
affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences 
arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the Group is able to 
control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the 
temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance 
sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that 
sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset  
to be recovered. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the 
period when the liability is settled or the asset realised based on tax rates 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet 
date. Deferred tax and current tax are charged or credited to profit or loss, 
except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in 
which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity. 

Tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right 
to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they 
relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the 
Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. 

In recognising income tax assets and liabilities, management makes 
estimates of the likely outcome of decisions by tax authorities on 
transactions and events whose treatment for tax purposes is uncertain. 
Where the final outcome of such matters is different, or expected to be 
different, from previous assessments made by management, a change  
to the carrying value of income tax assets and liabilities will be recorded  
in the period in which such a determination is made. The carrying values 
of income tax assets and liabilities are disclosed separately in the 
Consolidated balance sheet. 

p Financial instruments and hedge accounting  
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the Group’s balance sheet 
when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provision of the 
instrument. Trade payables are non-interest-bearing and are stated at 
their nominal value. 

In accordance with its treasury policy, the Group does not hold or issue 
derivative financial instruments for hedging or trading purposes. 

The only hedging undertaken by the Group are net investment hedges, 
using foreign currency borrowings. The portion of the gain or loss on an 
instrument used to hedge a net investment in a foreign operation that  
is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity.  
The ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss. 

The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, whose  
net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk.  
Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign 
operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in  
the relevant foreign currencies. 

 
 
 
72 

Group accounting policies (continued) 
q Foreign currency translation 
The individual financial statements of each Group entity are presented in 
the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity 
operates (its functional currency). For the purpose of the Consolidated 
financial statements, the results and financial position of each entity  
are expressed in Sterling, which is the functional currency of the  
parent Company and the presentation currency for the Consolidated 
financial statements. 

In preparing the financial statements of the individual entities,  
transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency 
(“foreign currencies”) are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on 
the dates of the transactions. At each balance sheet date, monetary items 
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing 
on the balance sheet date. Non-monetary items carried at fair value  
that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates 
prevailing on the date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary 
items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency  
are not retranslated. 

Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items and on 
the retranslation of monetary items, are included in profit or loss for the 
period. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of non-monetary 
items carried at fair value are included in profit or loss for the period  
except for differences arising on the retranslation of non-monetary items  
in respect of which gains and losses are recognised directly in equity.  
For such non-monetary items, any exchange component of that gain or 
loss is also recognised directly in equity. 

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements,  
the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations (including 
comparatives) are expressed in pounds sterling using exchange rates 
prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items 
(including comparatives) are translated at the average exchange rates  
for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuated significantly during that 
period, in which case the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions 
are used. Exchange differences arising, if any, are classified as equity and 
transferred to the Group’s translation reserve. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign 
operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and 
translated at the closing rate. 

When a foreign operation is partially disposed of or sold, exchange 
differences that were recorded in equity are recognised in the income 
statement as part of the gain or loss on sale, with the exception of 
exchange differences recorded in equity prior to the transition to IFRS  
on 1 October 2004, in accordance with IFRS 1, “First-time Adoption  
of International Financial Reporting”. 

r Borrowing 
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less 
attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-
bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any difference 
between cost and redemption value being recognised in the income 
statement over the period of borrowing on an effective interest basis. 

s Leasing 
Assets held under finance leases are initially recognised as assets of the 
Group at their fair value or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum 
lease payments, each determined at the inception of the lease.  
The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the balance sheet  
as a finance lease obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between 
finance charges and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve  
a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.  

Finance charges are charged directly as finance costs to the  
income statement. 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to income on a 
straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Benefits received 
and receivable as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also 
spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

t Retirement benefit costs 
The Group operates money purchase pension schemes (defined 
contribution schemes) for certain of its employees. The contributions are 
charged to the income statement as incurred. 

There are two small defined benefit schemes operating within the Group. 
The assets of the defined benefit schemes are held separately from the 
assets of the Group. The costs of providing benefits under these schemes 
are determined using the projected unit credit actuarial valuation method. 

The current service cost and gains and losses on settlements and 
curtailments are included in selling and administrative expenses in the 
Consolidated income statement. Past service costs are similarly included 
where the benefits have vested, otherwise they are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over the vesting period. The expected return on assets 
of funded defined benefit pension schemes and the imputed interest on 
pension plan liabilities comprise the pension element of the net finance 
expense/income in the income statement. 

Differences between the actual and expected return on assets, changes  
in the retirement benefit obligation due to experience and changes in 
actuarial assumptions are included in the statement of recognised income 
and expense in full in the period in which they arise. 

The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of the defined 
benefit pension scheme is the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation and unrecognised past service cost and future administration 
costs at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets.  
The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent 
actuaries. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is 
determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using 
interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated  
in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms  
to maturity approximate to the terms of the related pension liability. 

The calculation of the defined benefit obligation of a defined benefit plan 
requires estimation of future events, for example salary and pension 
increases, inflation and mortality rates. In the event that future experience 
does not bear out the estimates made in previous years, an adjustment 
will be made to the plan’s defined benefit obligation in future periods 
which could have a material effect on the Group. The carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities relating to defined benefit plans, together with the key 
assumptions used in the calculation of the defined benefit obligations 
relating to those plans, are disclosed in note 28. 

u Share-based payments 
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain 
employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair 
value (excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions)  
at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the 
equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis 
over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of the shares  
that will eventually vest allowing for the effect of non-market-based  
vesting conditions. 

Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes or the Monte Carlo pricing 
models. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based 
on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, 
exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. 

 
 
73

Amendments to existing standards 
•  Amendment to IAS 23 – “Borrowing Costs” 
•  Amendment to IAS 32 – “Financial Instruments: Presentation – 
Amendments relating to Puttable Financial Instruments and 
Obligations Arising on Liquidation” 

•  Amendment to IFRS 1 and IAS 27 – “Cost of an Investment  
in a Subsidiary, Jointly Controlled Entity or an Associate” 
•  Amendment to IAS 39 and IFRS 7 – “Reclassification of  

Financial Assets” 

•  Amendment to IAS 39 – “Eligible Hedged Items” 
•  Amendment to IFRS 2 – “Vesting Conditions and Cancellations” 
• 

IFRS Annual Improvements 

All the IFRSs, IFRIC interpretations and amendments to existing standards 
are yet to be endorsed by the EU at the date of approval of these 
consolidated financial statements with the exception of IFRS 8 and the 
amendment to IAS 39 and IFRS 7.  

The directors anticipate that the future adoption of those standards, 
interpretations and amendments listed above will not have a material 
impact on the Consolidated financial statements.  

z Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
In preparing the Consolidated financial statements, management has to 
make judgements on how to apply the Group’s accounting policies and 
make estimates about the future. The critical judgements that have been 
made in arriving at the amounts recognised in the Consolidated financial 
statements and the key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a 
significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying value of 
assets and liabilities in the next financial year, are discussed below: 

(cid:129) Acquisitions  
When acquiring a business, we have to make judgements and best 
estimates about the fair value allocation of the purchase price. We seek 
appropriate competent and professional advice before making any  
such allocations. We test the valuation of goodwill on an annual basis  
and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amounts may not be recoverable. These tests require the use  
of estimates (note 7). 

(cid:129) Impairment reviews 
The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, 
in accordance with the accounting policy stated above. The recoverable 
amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-
in-use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates  
(note 7). 

(cid:129) Income taxes 
The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. 
Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision 
for income taxes. There are transactions and calculations for which the 
ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of 
business. The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues 
based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the 
final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were 
recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax 
provisions in the period in which such determination is made. 

The Group also provides certain employees with the ability to purchase 
the Group’s ordinary shares at a discount to the current market value  
at the date of the grant. The Group records an expense, based on its 
estimate of the discount related to shares expected to vest, on a straight-
line basis over the vesting period. 

At each Balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimates for the number 
of options expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision to 
original estimates, if any, in the Income statement, with a corresponding 
adjustment to equity. 

The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs 
are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the 
options are exercised. 

v Dividends 
Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised as a liability in the period in 
which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders. 

w Provisions 
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has  
a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and  
it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to  
settle the obligation. If the effect is material, provisions are determined by 
discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and where 
appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. 

x Segment reporting 
The Group is organised into geographical businesses. The geographic 
regions are the Group’s primary reporting format for segment information 
as they represent the dominant source and nature of the Group’s  
risks and returns. The Group’s secondary reporting format is business 
sector: Accounting; industry-specific; HR and payroll; CRM and  
payment processing. 

Segment assets include all intangible assets, property, plant and 
equipment, inventories, trade and other receivables, cash and cash 
equivalents and tax assets. Segment liabilities comprise mainly trade and 
other payables, retirement benefit obligations, tax liabilities and certain 
borrowings that can be attributed to the segment but exclude borrowings 
that are for general corporate purposes. Capital expenditure comprises 
additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. 

y Adoption of new and revised International Financial  
Reporting Standards 
At the date of approval of these financial statements, the following 
standards, interpretations and amendments were issued but not  
yet mandatory effective for the Group and early adoption has not  
been applied. 

International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) 
• 
• 
• 
• 

IFRS 8, “Operating Segments” (this has been adopted by the EU) 
IFRS 3 (Revised), “Business Combinations” 
IAS 1 (Revised), “Presentation of Financial Statements” 
IAS 27 (Revised), “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements” 

International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee 
(“IFRIC”) interpretations 
• 
• 
• 

IFRIC 12, “Service Concession Arrangements” 
IFRIC 13, “Customer Loyalty Programmes” 
IFRIC 14, “IAS 19 – The Limit of a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum 
Funding Requirements and their Interaction” 
IFRIC 15, “Agreements for Construction of Real Estates” 
IFRIC 16, “Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation” 

• 
• 

 
 
74 

1 Segmental reporting  
Primary reporting format – geographical segments 
The Group manages its business segments on a global basis. The operations are based in four main geographical areas. The UK is the home country 
of the parent. The main operations in the principal territories are as follows: 
•  UK & Ireland 
•  Mainland Europe 
•  North America 
•  Rest of World 

The Rest of World segment operations are mainly based in South Africa, Australia, Singapore, Malaysia, UAE, China and India. The sales analysis in the 
table below is based on the location of the customer which is not materially different from the location where the order is received and where the assets 
are located. 

Year ended 30 September 2008 
The primary segment results were as follows:  
Continuing operations 
Revenue  
Segment operating profit  
Finance income  
Finance expenses  
Profit before taxation  
Taxation  
Profit for the year from continuing operations  

UK & Ireland
£m

Note

Mainland
Europe
£m

North 
America 
£m 

Rest of 
World
£m

245.7
84.5

457.3
87.8

500.9 
71.9 

91.1
23.2

3
2
2

4

The primary segment assets and liabilities were as follows: 
Segment assets  
Segment liabilities  
Segment net assets  
Unallocated liabilities  
– Corporate borrowings  
Total net assets  

419.0
(183.7)
235.3

655.7
(269.1)
386.6

1,347.0 
(221.8) 
1,125.2 

116.3
(41.5)
74.8

Other segmental information in respect of the  
primary segments was as follows: 
Capital expenditure – property, plant and equipment 
Capital expenditure – intangible fixed assets  
Depreciation  
Amortisation of intangible assets  
Other non-cash expenses – share-based payments  

 9 
8 
9 
8 
19 

7.8
0.1
7.2
4.2
2.8

7.4
3.2
4.5
13.6
2.2

7.8 
12.1 
5.1 
18.7 
2.1 

2.0
–
1.7
0.2
0.5

Group
£m

1,295.0
267.4
3.8
(30.2)
241.0
(74.7)
166.3

2,538.0
(716.1)
1,821.9

(574.9)
1,247.0

25.0
15.4
18.5
36.7
7.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
75

Year ended 30 September 2007 
The primary segment results were as follows:  
Continuing operations 
Revenue  
Segment operating profit  
Finance income  
Finance expenses  
Profit before taxation  
Taxation  
Profit for the year from continuing operations  

Note

UK & Ireland
£m

Mainland
Europe
£m

North  
America 
£m 

Rest of 
World
£m

224.1
80.8

349.1
71.2

508.1 
83.4 

76.3
19.8

3
2
2

4

The primary segment assets and liabilities were as follows: 
Segment assets  
Segment liabilities  
Segment net assets  
Unallocated liabilities  
– Corporate borrowings  
Total net assets  

369.1
(147.0)
222.1

541.1
(215.7)
325.4

1,190.6 
(196.4) 
994.2 

107.0
(36.6)
70.4

Other segmental information in respect of the  
primary segments was as follows: 
Capital expenditure – property, plant and equipment 
Capital expenditure – intangible fixed assets  
Depreciation  
Amortisation of intangible assets  
Other non-cash expenses – share-based payments  

9
8
9
8
19

6.4
0.1
6.9
2.0
2.8

3.7
3.4
3.6
11.7
2.0

7.9 
12.3 
4.6 
19.5 
3.5 

4.1
0.1
1.1
0.3
0.5

Group
£m

1,157.6
255.2
3.6
(35.5)
223.3
(69.2)
154.1

2,207.8
(595.7)
1,612.1

(561.3)
1,050.8

22.1
15.9
16.2
33.5
8.8

Segment assets include all intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, inventories, trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents and  
tax assets. Segment liabilities comprise mainly trade and other payables, retirement benefit obligations, tax liabilities and certain borrowings that can be 
attributed to the segment but exclude borrowings that are for general corporate purposes. Capital expenditure comprises additions to property, plant 
and equipment and intangible assets. 

Reconciliation of operating profit to EBITA* (Non GAAP measure) 
Operating profit  
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets  
Net amortisation of software development expenditure  
EBITA*  

*EBITA measure (Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation) excludes the effects of: 
(cid:129) Amortisation of acquired intangible assets; and 
(cid:129) Net amortisation or capitalisation of software development expenditure. 

2008
£m
267.4
31.8
0.6
299.8

2007
£m
255.2
27.2
0.8
283.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76 

1 Segmental reporting (continued) 
Secondary reporting format – business segment 
The business segments identified are: Accounting; industry-specific; HR and payroll; CRM and payment processing.  

Continuing operations 
Accounting 
Industry-specific 
HR and payroll 
CRM 
Payment processing 

2008
£m

713.7
314.6
145.2
68.7
52.8
1,295.0

Revenue 
2007 
£m

561.7
342.5
139.4
66.4
47.6
1,157.6

Segment  
assets  
2007  
£m 

1,071.3 
653.2 
265.9 
126.6 
90.8 
2,207.8 

2008 
£m

1,398.7
616.6
284.6
134.6
103.5
2,538.0

Analysis of revenue 
Software and software-related services  
Subscription 

2 Net finance expenses  

Finance income – interest income on short-term deposits 

Finance expenses: 
Finance costs on bank borrowings 
Amortisation of issue costs  

Net finance expenses 

3 Operating profit  

The following items have been included in arriving at operating profit  
Staff costs  
Inventories 
– Cost of inventories recognised as an expense (included in cost of sales)  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
– Owned assets  
– Under finance leases  
Amortisation of intangible assets (excluding amortisation of development expenditure)  
Amortisation of development expenditure 
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment  
Loss on disposal of intangible assets 
Other operating lease rentals payable 
– Plant and machinery  
– Property  
Repairs and maintenance expenditure on property, plant and equipment  
Research and development expenditure  

Note  
27  

10  

9  
9 
8  
8 

Capital 
expenditure 
2007 
£m

18.4
11.2
4.6
2.2
1.6
38.0

Revenue 
2007 
£m
476.6
681.0
1,157.6

2007 
£m
3.6

(34.4)
(1.1)
(35.5)

(31.9)

2007 
£m
511.5

35.9

16.1
0.1
32.7
0.8
1.3
0.5

3.4
17.6
3.0
111.4

2008 
£m

22.3
9.8
4.5
2.1
1.7
40.4

2008 
£m
509.3
785.7
1,295.0

2008 
£m
3.8

(29.2)
(1.0)
(30.2)

(26.4)

2008 
£m
595.5

39.9

18.3
0.2
36.1
0.6
–
–

0.7
27.5
5.6
139.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
77

Services provided by the Group’s auditor and network firms 
During the year the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Group’s auditor at costs as detailed below: 

Audit services 
– Fees payable to the Company auditor for the audit of parent Company and consolidated accounts  

Non-audit services 
Fees payable to the Company auditor and its associates for other services: 
– The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation  
– Other non-tax compliance services 
– Tax services and tax compliance work  

2008
£m

1.5

0.2
0.2
1.8
3.7

2007
£m

1.3

0.2
0.2
1.3
3.0

The total audit fee for the Group, including the audit of overseas subsidiaries was £1.7m (2007: £1.5m). Other services include interim review costs and 
are therefore closely associated with the audit. 

The Board’s policy in respect of the procurement of non-audit services for the Group’s auditor is set out on pages 50 and 51. 

4 Taxation 

Analysis of charge in the year  
Current tax  
– Current year  
– Adjustment in respect of prior year  

Deferred tax (note 17) 

Taxation  

Tax on items (credited)/charged to equity 
Deferred tax charge on share options  
Current tax credit on exchange adjustments  
Total tax on items (credited)/charged to equity  

The tax for the year is higher (2007: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK 29%  
(2007: 30%). The differences are explained below: 
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation  
Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by rate of corporation tax in the UK of 29% (2007: 30%)  

Effects of: 
Adjustment in respect of prior year 
Adjustment in respect of foreign tax rates  
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes and other permanent differences  
Other  
Total taxation  

2008
£m

74.9
0.5
75.4

(0.7)

74.7

2008
£m
0.2
(4.6)
(4.4)

2008
£m
241.0
69.9

0.5
5.8
(0.4)
(1.1)
74.7

2007
£m

60.3
(1.3)
59.0

10.2

69.2

2007
£m
3.3
–
3.3

2007
£m
223.3
67.0

(1.3)
7.1
(4.2)
0.6
69.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78 

5 Dividends 

Final dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2007 of 5.73p per share  
(2007: final dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2006 of 2.51p per share) 

Interim dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2008 of 2.43p per share  
(2007: interim dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2007 of 1.27p per share) 

2008 
£m
74.5
–

31.7
–
106.2

2007 
£m
–
32.4

–
16.6
49.0

In addition, the directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 30 September 2008 of 4.78p per share which will absorb  
an estimated £62.6m of shareholders’ funds. It will be paid on 6 March 2009 to shareholders who are on the register of members on 6 February 2009. 
These financial statements do not reflect this dividend payable. 

6 Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
outstanding during the year, excluding those held in the employee share trust (note 22), which are treated as cancelled. 

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential 
ordinary shares. The Group has two classes of dilutive potential ordinary shares: those share options granted to employees where the exercise price  
is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year and the contingently issuable shares under the Group’s  
long-term incentive plan. At 30 September 2008, the performance criteria for the vesting of the awards under the incentive scheme had not been  
met and consequently the shares in question are excluded from the diluted EPS calculation. 

Reconciliations of the earnings and weighted average number of shares used in the calculations are set out below: 

Basic EPS  
Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders  

Effect of dilutive securities  
Options 

2008

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
millions

Earnings 
£m

Per share 
amount 
pence

Earnings  
£m 

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
millions

2007

Per share 
amount 
pence

166.3

1,306.5

12.73

154.1 

1,299.9

11.85

–

3.8

(0.04)

– 

7.1

(0.06)

Diluted EPS  

166.3

1,310.3

12.69

154.1 

1,307.0

11.79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
79

Adjusted EPS – Non GAAP measure 

Basic EPS 
Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders  

Non GAAP items:  

Intangible asset amortisation excluding  
amortisation of computer software  
Taxation  
Net adjustments  

2008

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
millions

Earnings 
£m

Per share 
amount 
pence

Earnings  
£m 

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
millions

2007

Per share 
amount 
pence

166.3

1,306.5

12.73

154.1 

1,299.9

11.85

32.4
(10.0)
22.4

28.0 
(8.7) 
19.3 

1.71

1.49

Adjusted basic EPS  

188.7

1,306.5

14.44

173.4 

1,299.9

13.34

Exchange adjustments  
Exchange adjustments 
Taxation 
Net exchange adjustments 

Adjusted basic EPS  
(after exchange adjustments) 

Effect of dilutive securities  
Options 

Adjusted diluted EPS  
(after exchange adjustments) 

13.8 
(4.3) 
9.5 

0.73

188.7

1,306.5

14.44

182.9 

1,299.9

14.07

3.8

(0.04)

7.1

(0.08)

188.7

1,310.3

14.40

182.9 

1,307.0

13.99

Exchange adjustments relate to the retranslation of prior year results to current year exchange rates as shown in the table on page 38 within the  
Financial review. 

7 Goodwill 

Cost  
At 1 October  
Additions  
Disposals  
Exchange adjustments  
At 30 September – as reported 
Prior period restatement  
At 30 September – as restated 

Aggregate impairment at 1 October and 30 September  

Net book amount at 30 September – as reported  
Prior period restatement 
Net book amount at 30 September – as restated 

Note 

26(h)  

2008
£m

1,567.0
67.2
–
191.3
1,825.5
–
1,825.5

2007
Restated
£m

1,561.9
90.3
(0.9)
(79.2)
1,572.1
(5.1)
1,567.0

–

–

1,825.5
–
1,825.5

1,572.1
(5.1)
1,567.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80 

7 Goodwill (continued) 
Details of acquisitions in the year are shown in note 26. During the year, goodwill was reviewed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. For the 
purposes of this impairment review, goodwill has been valued on the basis of discounted future cash flows arising in each relevant cash-generating unit. 

Details of the restatement are included in the Group accounting policies on page 69. 

Goodwill impairment tests 
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to one or more cash-generating units (“CGUs”). CGUs represent the operations of a country 
or, in more material operations, divisions within a country. 

The following table shows the allocation of the carrying value of goodwill at the balance sheet date  
by geographic area:  
UK & Ireland 
France  
Germany  
Switzerland  
Poland  
Spain  
North America  
South Africa  
Australia  
Asia  

2008 
£m
213.2
251.9
24.8
32.1
8.0
116.1
1,103.7
34.1
24.7
16.9
1,825.5

2007
Restated 
£m
181.1
198.1
22.0
26.9
6.4
94.5
969.4
31.3
22.7
14.6
1,567.0

The Group conducts annual impairment tests on the carrying value of goodwill, based on the recoverable amount of CGUs to which goodwill has been 
allocated. The recoverable amounts of CGUs are determined from value-in-use calculations. The key assumptions in the value-in-use calculations are 
the discount rate applied, the long-term operating margin and the long-term growth rate of net operating cash flows. In all cases, the approved budget 
for the following financial year formed the basis for the cash flow projections for a CGU. The approved cash flow projections in the four financial years 
following the budget year reflected management’s expectations of the medium-term operating performance of the CGU and growth prospects in the 
CGU’s market. 
•  The discount rate applied to a CGU represents a pre-tax rate that reflects the market assessment of the time value of money at the balance sheet 
date and the risks specific to the CGU. The discount rate applied to CGUs were in the range of 5.9% (2007: 6.4%) to 11.4% (2007: 10.5%). 
•  The long-term operating margin assumed for a CGU’s operations is primarily based on past performance. For some CGUs, those for which 

management has strong reason to believe that past operating margins are not indicative of future operating margins, expected future improvements 
from sustainable operating cost savings are also included in management’s assessment of the long-term operating margin. The long-term operating 
margin applied to CGUs was in the range of 8% (2007: 18%) to 47% (2007: 45%). 

•  Long-term growth rates of net operating cash flows are assumed equal to the long-term growth rate in the gross domestic product of the country in 

which the CGU’s operations are undertaken and were in the range of 1.0% (2007: 1.0%) to 5.0% (2007: 5.0%). 

Goodwill impairment tests were conducted separately for each CGU. 

 
 
 
8 Other intangible assets 

Cost  
At 1 October 2007  
Additions  
Acquisitions –  
through business combinations 
Transfers 
Disposals  
Exchange adjustments  
At 30 September 2008 
Aggregate amortisation 
At 1 October 2007 
Charge for the year 
Acquisitions 
Disposals 
Exchange adjustments 
At 30 September 2008  
Net book amount at  
30 September 2008 

Restated 
Cost  
At 1 October 2006  
Additions  
Acquisitions –  
through business combinations 
Transfers 
Disposals  
Exchange adjustments  
At 30 September 2007 –  
as reported 
Prior period restatement 
At 30 September 2007 –  
as restated 
Aggregate amortisation 
At 1 October 2006 
Charge for the year 
Acquisitions 
Disposals 
Exchange adjustments 
At 30 September 2007 
Net book amount at  
30 September 2007 – as reported 
Prior period restatement 
Net book amount at  
30 September 2007 – as restated 

Brands 
£m 

Technology
£m

Acquired 
IPR&D
£m

Internal 
IPR&D
£m

Computer  
software  
£m 

Customer 
relationships
£m

34.0 
– 

1.5 
– 
– 
4.9 
40.4 

4.5 
2.8 
– 
– 
0.9 
8.2 

32.2 

70.7
–

8.9
–
–
9.2
88.8

16.1
11.9
–
–
2.9
30.9

57.9

0.3
–

–
–
–
–
0.3

0.1
0.1
–
–
(0.1)
0.1

0.2

4.7
–

–
–
–
0.4
5.1

3.2
0.6
–
–
0.3
4.1

1.0

38.2 
14.8 

0.2 
0.1 
(0.4) 
7.5 
60.4 

14.2 
4.3 
0.2 
(0.4) 
3.2 
21.5 

38.9 

112.5
0.6

8.8
–
–
14.6
136.5

21.7
17.0
–
–
4.3
43.0

93.5

Brands 
£m 

Technology
£m

Acquired 
IPR&D
£m

Internal 
IPR&D
£m

Computer  
software  
£m 

Customer 
relationships
£m

33.5 
– 

1.0 
– 
– 
(0.5) 

34.0 
– 

34.0 

2.0 
2.5 
– 
– 
– 
4.5 

29.5 
– 

29.5 

60.4
–

13.0
–
–
(0.5)

72.9
(2.2)

70.7

6.9
9.4
–
–
(0.2)
16.1

56.8
(2.2)

54.6

0.3
–

–
–
–
–

0.3
–

0.3

0.1
0.1
–
–
(0.1)
0.1

0.2
–

0.2

4.7
–

–
–
–
–

4.7
–

4.7

2.3
0.8
–
–
0.1
3.2

1.5
–

1.5

19.5 
15.9 

1.8 
6.4 
(3.6) 
(1.8) 

38.2 
– 

38.2 

10.9 
5.5 
1.8 
(3.1) 
(0.9) 
14.2 

24.0 
– 

24.0 

96.3
–

14.8
–
–
(5.9)

105.2
7.3

112.5

6.9
15.2
–
–
(0.4)
21.7

83.5
7.3

90.8

81

Total
£m

260.4
15.4

19.4
0.1
(0.4)
36.6
331.5

59.8
36.7
0.2
(0.4)
11.5
107.8

223.7

Total
£m

214.7
15.9

30.6
6.4
(3.6)
(8.7)

255.3
5.1

260.4

29.1
33.5
1.8
(3.1)
(1.5)
59.8

195.5
5.1

200.6

All amortisation charges in the year have been charged through selling and administrative expenses. Intangible assets (apart from internally generated 
IPR&D and computer software) relate to identifiable assets purchased as part of the Group’s business combinations. Intangible assets are amortised  
on a straight-line basis over their expected useful economic life. Details of the restatement are included in the Group accounting policies on page 69. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82 

9 Property, plant and equipment 

Cost 
At 1 October 2007  
Additions at cost  
Acquisitions  
Disposals 
Transfers 
Exchange adjustments 
At 30 September 2008 

Accumulated depreciation  
At 1 October 2007  
Charge for the year  
Acquisitions  
Disposals  
Exchange adjustments  
At 30 September 2008  

Land and 
buildings
£m

Plant and 
equipment 
£m 

Motor 
vehicles 
and office 
equipment
£m

91.8
0.1
0.4
(1.2)
–
2.2
93.3

5.9
1.0
0.2
–
0.4
7.5

115.4 
19.9 
1.8 
(4.6) 
(0.1) 
10.1 
142.5 

82.7 
13.7 
1.6 
(4.4) 
8.0 
101.6 

39.4
5.0
1.0
(1.5)
–
3.4
47.3

27.5
3.8
0.8
(1.1)
2.5
33.5

13.8

Total
£m

246.6
25.0
3.2
(7.3)
(0.1)
15.7
283.1

116.1
18.5
2.6
(5.5)
10.9
142.6

140.5

Total
£m

246.1
22.1
2.7
(14.0)
(6.4)
(3.9)
246.6

112.3
16.2
1.7
(12.5)
(1.6)
116.1

Net book amount at 30 September 2008  

85.8

40.9 

Cost 
At 1 October 2006  
Additions at cost  
Acquisitions  
Disposals 
Transfers 
Exchange adjustments 
At 30 September 2007 

Accumulated depreciation  
At 1 October 2006  
Charge for the year  
Acquisitions  
Disposals  
Exchange adjustments  
At 30 September 2007  

Land and 
buildings
£m

Plant and 
equipment 
£m 

Motor 
vehicles 
and office 
equipment
£m

92.2 
0.3
1.2
(1.0)
–
(0.9)
91.8

4.9 
1.0
0.5
(0.4)
(0.1)
5.9

115.6  
18.1 
0.7 
(10.1) 
(6.4) 
(2.5) 
115.4 

80.8  
12.1 
0.6 
(9.7) 
(1.1) 
82.7 

38.3 
3.7
0.8
(2.9)
–
(0.5)
39.4

26.6 
3.1
0.6
(2.4)
(0.4)
27.5

Net book amount at 30 September 2007  

85.9

32.7 

11.9

130.5

Depreciation expense of £18.5m (2007: £16.2m) have been charged through selling and administrative expenses (note 3). 

Lease rentals amounting to £0.7m (2007: £3.4m) and £27.5m (2007: £17.6m) relating to the lease of plant and machinery and property respectively  
are included in the income statement (note 3). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets held under finance leases have the following net book amount: 
Cost  
Accumulated depreciation 
Net book amount  

83

2008
£m
1.3
(0.5)
0.8

 2007 
£m
0.6
(0.3)
0.3

Included in assets held under finance leases are plant and equipment with a net book amount of £0.5m (2007: £0.3m) and vehicles £0.3m (2007: £nil). 

10 Inventories 

Materials  
Finished goods  

2008
£m
1.2
4.2
5.4

 2007 
£m
1.8
3.7
5.5

The Group consumed £39.9m (2007: £35.9m) of inventories, included in cost of sales, during the year. There was no material write down of inventories 
during the current or prior year. 

11 Trade and other receivables 

Amounts falling due within one year: 
Trade receivables 
Less: provision for impairment of receivables  
Trade receivables – net  
Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income  

2008 
£m
255.0
(28.0)
227.0
23.2
17.4
267.6

2007 
£m
226.5
(25.8)
200.7
15.5
14.1
230.3

The Group’s credit risk on trade and other receivables is primarily attributable to trade receivables. The Group has no significant concentrations of credit 
risk since the risk is spread over a large number of unrelated counterparties. The directors estimate that the carrying value of financial assets within trade 
and other receivables approximated their fair value. 

The Group considers the credit quality of trade and other receivables by geographical location. The Group consider that the carrying value of the  
trade and other receivables that is disclosed below gives a fair presentation of the credit quality of the assets. This is considered to be the case as  
there is a low risk of default due to the high number of recurring customers and credit control policies, thus the carrying value is expected to be the  
final value received. 

Trade and other receivables by geographical location: 
UK & Ireland 
Mainland Europe  
North America 
Rest of World 

Movements on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivables were as follows: 
At 1 October 
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
Increase in provision for receivables impairment 
Receivables written-off during the year as uncollectible 
Unused amounts reversed 
Exchange adjustments 
At 30 September 

2008
£m
77.0
96.8
62.0
14.4
250.2

2008
£m
25.8
0.4
7.7
(4.5)
(4.4)
3.0
28.0

 2007
£m
76.7
69.4
57.8
12.3
216.2

 2007
£m
23.0
0.3
7.7
(4.3)
(1.3)
0.4
25.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84 

11 Trade and other receivables (continued) 
In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the Group considers the ageing of each receivable and any change in the circumstances of the 
individual receivables. The directors believe that there is no further provision required in excess of the allowance for doubtful debts. 

The creation and release of provision for impaired receivables have been included in selling and administrative expenses in the income statement. 
Amounts charged to the allowance account are generally written-off when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash. 

At 30 September 2008, trade receivables of £52.5m (2007: £38.9m) were either partially or fully impaired.  

The ageing of these receivables was as follows: 
Not due 
Less than six months past due 
More than six months past due  

Trade receivables which were past their due date but not impaired at 30 September 2008 were £65.4m (2007: £53.8m).  

The ageing of these receivables was as follows: 
Less than six months past due 
More than six months past due  

2008
£m
7.5
25.0
20.0
52.5

2008
£m
60.8
4.6
65.4

 2007
£m
7.8
14.2
16.9
38.9

 2007
£m
49.4
4.4
53.8

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of each class of receivables mentioned above, the Group held no collateral  
as security. The directors estimate that the carrying value of trade receivables approximated their fair value. 

12 Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement comprise: 
Cash at bank and in hand  
Short-term bank deposits  

2008
£m
69.8
0.3
70.1

 2007
£m
64.3
1.3
65.6

The effective interest rate on short-term deposits was 3.2% (2007: 5.0%) and these deposits have an average maturity of 30 days (2007: 44 days). 

Group’s credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is limited because the counterparties are well established banks with high credit ratings. 

13 Trade and other payables – current 

Trade payables  
Other tax and social security payable  
Accruals  

14 Deferred income 

Deferred income 

2008 
£m
66.5
71.6
109.1
247.2

2008 
£m
352.2

2007
£m
54.9
60.7
94.6
210.2

2007 
£m
300.2

Revenue not recognised in the income statement under the Group accounting policy for revenue recognition is classified as deferred income in the 
balance sheet to be recognised in future periods. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15 Financial liabilities – borrowings 

Current 
Bank loans due within one year of demand:  
Unsecured  

Finance lease obligations  

Non-current 
Bank loans:  
Secured (a) 
Unsecured  

Finance lease obligations  

85

2008 
£m

13.6
13.6
0.3
13.9

2008 
£m

–
575.0
575.0
0.2
575.2

2007 
£m

0.2
0.2
0.1
0.3

2007 
£m

0.6
561.3
561.9
0.1
562.0

(a) The bank loans were secured by a fixed charge over the property the acquisition of which the loan funded. 

Bank loans are denominated in a number of currencies and bear interest based on LIBOR or foreign equivalents appropriate to the country in which  
the borrowing is incurred. 

Included in loans above is £575.0m (2007: £561.5m) of unsecured loans (after unamortised issue costs) taken out in connection with acquisitions. 

This is drawn down under £850.0m multi-currency revolving credit facilities, £650.0m expiring on 4 August 2011 and £200.0m expiring by 13 January 
2011 (with £100.0m amortising a year earlier). 

In the table above, loans are stated net of unamortised issue costs of £0.5m (2007: £1.0m). The Group has incurred total issue costs of £7.6m  
(2007: £7.3m) in respect of these facilities. These costs are allocated to the income statement over the term of the facility using the effective  
interest method. 

Unsecured borrowings were drawn in the following currencies: Sterling £75.3m (2007: £nil); US Dollar £290.6m (2007: £314.2m), Euro £208.8m  
(2007: £235.9m) and Swiss Franc £13.9m (2007: £11.4m) and bear interest at a rate of 0.45% (2007: 0.45%) above LIBOR. 

16 Financial instruments 
Numerical financial instruments disclosures are set out below and also in note 25. 

Fair values of financial instruments 
For the following financial assets and liabilities: long-term borrowings, short-term borrowings, trade and other payables excluding other tax and  
social security, trade and other receivables excluding prepayments, short-term bank deposits and cash at bank and in hand, the carrying amount 
approximates the fair value of the instrument due to the instrument bearing interest at market rates and/or the short-term nature of the instrument. 

Long-term borrowings  

Fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities:  
Primary financial instruments held or issued to finance the  
Group’s operations:  
Short-term borrowings  
Trade and other payables excluding other tax and social security  
Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments 
Short-term bank deposits  
Cash at bank and in hand  

Note
15

Book value
£m
(575.2)

2008 
Fair value 
£m 
(575.2) 

Book value 
£m
(562.0)

2007
Fair value 
£m
(562.0)

15
13
11
12
12

(13.9)
(175.6)
250.2
0.3
69.8

(13.9) 
(175.6) 
250.2 
0.3 
69.8 

(0.3)
(149.5)
216.2
1.3
64.3

(0.3)
(149.5)
216.2
1.3
64.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86 

16 Financial instruments (continued) 
Risk management 
The Group’s Treasury function seeks to reduce exposures to interest rate, foreign exchange and other financial risks, to ensure liquidity is available to 
meet the foreseeable needs of the Group and to invest cash assets safely and profitably. The Group does not engage in speculative trading in financial 
instruments and transacts only in relation to underlying business requirements. The Group’s treasury policies and procedures are periodically reviewed 
and approved by the Audit Committee and are subject to regular Group Internal Audit review. 

Capital risk 
The Group’s objectives when managing capital (defined as net debt (note 25) plus equity) are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern in order to provide returns to shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, while optimising return to shareholders through an appropriate 
balance of debt and equity funding. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it, with respect to changes in economic 
conditions and the strategic objectives of the Group. 

Liquidity risk 
The Group manages its exposure to liquidity risk by reviewing the cash resources required to meet its business objectives through both short and long-
term cash flow forecasts. The Group has committed facilities which are available to be drawn for general corporate purposes including working capital 
(see below). 

The Group’s Treasury function has a policy of reducing the level of cash in the business in order to minimise external borrowings. 

Maturity of financial liabilities 
The maturity profile of the undiscounted contractual amount of the Group’s financial liabilities at 30 September was as follows: 

In less than one year  
In more than one year but not more than two years  
In more than two years but not more than five years  

Borrowings
£m
13.9
0.2
639.9
654.0

Trade and 
other 
payables
£m
247.2
–
–
247.2

2008 

Total
£m
261.1
0.2
639.9
901.2

Borrowings 
£m 
0.3 
0.1 
666.2 
666.6 

Trade and 
other
 payables 
£m
210.2
–
–
210.2

2007

Total
£m
210.5
0.1
666.2
876.8

Borrowing facilities  
The Group has the following undrawn committed borrowing facilities available at 30 September in respect of which all conditions precedent had been 
met at that date:  

Expiring within one year  
Expiring between one and two years  
Expiring in more than two years  

2008
Total 
£m
–
–
274.6
274.6

2007
Total
£m
–
–
287.7
287.7

The facilities have been arranged to help finance the proposed expansion of the Group’s activities. All these facilities incur commitment fees at  
market rates. 

Credit risk 
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty may default on their obligation to the Group in relation to lending, settlement and other financial activities. 

The Group’s principal financial assets are trade and other receivables and bank balances and cash.  

The Group’s credit risk primarily arises from trade and other receivables. The amounts included in the balance sheet are net of allowances for doubtful 
receivables. An allowance for impairment is made where there is an identified loss event which, based on previous experience, is evidence of a 
reduction in the recoverability of cash flows. The Group has a very low credit risk due to the transactions being principally of a high volume, low  
value and short maturity. The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk, with the exposure spread over a large number of counterparties  
and customers. 

The credit risk on liquid funds is considered to be low, as the Audit Committee approved Group Treasury Policy limits the value that can be invested 
with each approved counterparty to minimise the risk of loss. The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements represents  
the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk. The Group does not hold collateral over any of these financial assets. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
87

Interest rate risk 
The Group is exposed to cash flow interest rate risk on floating rate bank loans and overdrafts. At 30 September 2008, the Group had drawn down 
£575.4m (2007: £562.3m) from its committed revolving credit facility. The Group regularly reviews the interest rates to mitigate this risk, which are 
rebased on a monthly basis and seeks to fix interest rates on a portion of its debt when market conditions make this desirable. At 30 September 2008, 
all outstanding debt was held at variable rates.  

Foreign currency risk 
Foreign exchange rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows will fluctuate because of the changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group’s 
foreign currency exposures are principally to the US Dollar and Euro. 

The Group has US Dollar, Euro and Swiss Franc denominated borrowings which it has designated as a hedge of the net investment in its subsidiaries  
in the US, France, Spain, Germany and Switzerland. The fair value of the US Dollar borrowings at 30 September 2008 was £290.6m (2007: £314.2m), 
the Euro borrowings £203.5m (2007: £235.9m) and Swiss Franc borrowings £13.9m (2007: £11.4m). The foreign exchange loss of £71.7m (2007: 
gain of £33.8m) on translation of the borrowings into Sterling has been recognised in exchange reserves. 

The Group’s other currency exposures comprise only those exposures that give rise to net currency gains and losses to be recognised in the income 
statement. Such exposures reflect the monetary assets and liabilities of the Group that are not denominated in the operating (or “functional”) currency  
of the operating unit involved. At 30 September 2008 and 30 September 2007, these exposures were immaterial to the Group. 

Sensitivity analysis as at 30 September 2008 
Financial instruments affected by market risks include borrowings and deposits. 

The following analysis, required by IFRS 7, “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”, is intended to illustrate the sensitivity to changes in market variables, 
being UK, US Dollar and Euro interest rates, and US Dollar/Sterling and Euro/Sterling exchange rates. 

The sensitivity analysis assumes reasonable movements in foreign exchange and interest rates before the effect of tax. The Group considers a 
reasonable interest rate movement in LIBOR to be 1%, based on interest rate history. Similarly, sensitivity to movements in US Dollar/Sterling and 
Euro/Sterling exchange rates of 10% are shown reflecting changes of reasonable proportion in the context of movement in those currency pairs  
over the last year. 

Using the above assumptions, the following table shows the illustrative effect on the Consolidated income statement and equity. 

LIBOR rate interest rates 1% increase  
LIBOR rate interest rates 1% decrease 
US Dollar/Sterling exchange rates 10% increase  
Euro/Sterling exchange rates 10% increase 
US Dollar/Sterling exchange rates 10% decrease 
Euro/Sterling exchange rates 10% decrease 

The minimum lease payments under finance leases fall due as follows:  
Not later than one year  
Later than one year but not more than five years 

Future finance charges on finance leases  
Present value of finance lease liabilities  

Income
gains/(losses)
£m
(6.0)
6.0
8.2
9.2
(8.9)
(10.1)

2008 
Equity  
gains/(losses) 
£m 
(6.0) 
6.0 
78.2 
18.3 
(86.0) 
(20.1) 

Income
gains/(losses) 
£m
(6.1)
6.1
9.2
7.0
(10.2)
(7.7)

2007
Equity
gains/(losses) 
£m
(6.1)
6.1
63.7
14.6
(70.0)
(16.1)

2008
Total 
£m
0.3
0.2
0.5
–
0.5

2007
Total
£m
0.1
0.1
0.2
–
0.2

 
 
 
 
88 

17 Deferred tax 
Deferred tax has been calculated at 28% (2007: 28%) in respect of UK companies (being the prevailing corporation tax rate) and at the prevailing rates 
for the overseas subsidiaries. 

The movement on the deferred tax account is as shown below: 
At 1 October  
Acquisition of subsidiary  
Transfer to current tax liabilities 
Income statement credit  
Exchange differences  
Share options  
At 30 September  

2008 
£m
(5.9)
(6.2)
(8.2)
0.7
(1.8)
(0.2)
(21.6)

2007
£m
16.3
(8.5)
–
(10.2)
(0.2)
(3.3)
(5.9)

Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of all tax losses and other temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax assets because it is 
probable that these assets will be recovered. 

No deferred tax is recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries. As the earnings are continually reinvested by the Group, no tax is 
expected to be payable on them in the foreseeable future. 

The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities (prior to the offsetting of balances within the same jurisdiction as permitted by IAS 12,“Income 
Taxes”) during the year are shown below. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the balances net. 

Deferred tax  

Assets 
At 1 October 2007 
Income statement credit  
Reclassification from/(to) deferred tax liability 
Exchange differences  
At 30 September 2008  

Liabilities 
At 1 October 2007 
Income statement (charge)/credit 
Deferred tax on intangible assets 
Reclassification (from)/to deferred tax asset 
Acquisition of subsidiary 
Exchange differences 
Share options 
Transfer to current tax 
At 30 September 2008 

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset 
At 30 September 2008  
At 30 September 2007 

The deferred tax liability due after more than one year is £33.1m (2007: £23.5m). 

Intangible  
assets  
£m 
6.6 
– 
(6.9) 
– 
(0.3) 

(23.5) 
(5.9) 
(7.4) 
6.9 
– 
(3.2) 
– 
– 
(33.1) 

(33.4) 
(16.9) 

Other 
£m
1.7
1.0
3.0
(0.2)
5.5

9.3
5.6
–
(3.0)
1.2
1.6
(0.2)
(8.2)
6.3

11.8
11.0

Total 
£m
8.3
1.0
(3.9)
(0.2)
5.2

(14.2)
(0.3)
(7.4)
3.9
1.2
(1.6)
(0.2)
(8.2)
(26.8)

(21.6)
(5.9)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18 Share capital 

Authorised  
1,860,000,000 (2007: 1,860,000,000) ordinary shares of 1p each 

Issued and fully paid  
At 1 October  
Allotted under share option schemes  
At 30 September  

2008 
£m
18.6

2008 
shares
1,304,160,154
5,397,403
1,309,557,557

2008  
2007 
£m 
shares
13.0  1,294,280,944
9,879,210
13.1  1,304,160,154

0.1 

89

2007 
£m
18.6

2007 
£m
12.9
0.1
13.0

Potential issues of ordinary shares 
Certain senior executives hold options to subscribe for shares in the Company at prices ranging from 134.00p to 721.00p under the share option 
schemes approved by shareholders. The number of shares subject to options, the periods in which they were granted and the periods in which they 
may be exercised are given below: 

Date of grant 
17 December 1997  
20 January 1998  
15 May 1998  
16 December 1998  
7 June 1999  
11 February 2000  
23 February 2000  
24 May 2000  
10 January 2001  
17 January 2001  
16 May 2001  
2 January 2002  
31 December 2002  
12 May 2003  
24 December 2003  
24 May 2004  
6 January 2005  
12 May 2005  
10 January 2006  
10 January 2007 
20 June 2007 
10 January 2008 
17 June 2008 

Exercise price 
pence
81.10p
98.75p
140.00p
136.00p
204.50p
275.50p–467.60p
721.00p
542.50p
301.00p
329.75p
264.00p
228.50p
134.00p
147.00p
171.00p
172.00p
198.00p
206.00p
258.50p
270.00p
248.00p
214.00p
219.25p

Exercise period 
17 December 2000 – 17 December 2007 
20 January 2001 – 20 January 2008 
15 May 2001 – 15 May 2008 
16 December 2001 – 16 December 2008 
7 June 2002 – 7 June 2009 
11 February 2000 – 6 January 2010 
23 February 2003 – 23 February 2010 
24 May 2003 – 24 May 2010 
10 January 2004 – 10 January 2011 
17 January 2004 – 17 January 2011 
16 May 2004 – 16 May 2011 
2 January 2005 – 2 January 2012 
31 December 2005 – 31 December 2012 
12 May 2006 – 12 May 2013 
24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013 
24 May 2007 – 24 May 2014 
6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015 
12 May 2008 – 12 May 2015 
10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016 
10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017 
20 June 2010 – 20 June 2017 
10 January 2011 – 10 January 2018 
17 June 2011 – 17 June 2018 

2008
number
–
–
–
614,370
766,500
62,987
31,250
19,037
2,220,944
459,833
1,588,503
3,191,187
2,293,237
772,578
6,701,339
252,051
3,769,565
1,830,784
5,047,073
6,986,236
195,530
9,668,002
246,209
46,717,215

2007
number
15,000
150,000
588,480
1,290,475
1,059,500
119,137
31,250
19,037
2,713,403
581,137
1,795,696
3,758,614
2,933,693
1,365,985
8,083,316
269,493
4,544,001
1,983,695
5,894,597
8,119,550
247,220
–
–
45,563,279

Under the above scheme, 4,955,415 1p ordinary shares were issued during the year for aggregate proceeds of £7,822,691. 

 
 
 
 
90 

18 Share capital (continued) 
Under the Group’s long-term incentive plan for certain senior executives approved by shareholders on 3 March 2005, the following awards have  
been made: 

Date of award  
18 March 2005  
12 May 2005  
10 January 2006  
10 January 2007 
20 June 2007 
3 March 2008 
17 June 2008 

Vesting date  
18 March 2008  
12 May 2008  
10 January 2009  
10 January 2010 
20 June 2010 
3 March 2011 
17 June 2011 

2008
number
–
–
1,989,958
2,347,292
33,000
5,107,983
333,148
9,811,381

2007
number
1,808,170
210,588
2,348,990
2,793,003
33,000
–
–
7,193,751

In addition, options were granted under the terms of The Sage Group plc 1996 Savings-related Share Option Scheme approved by members on  
7 February 1996 up to 2005 and thereafter under the new scheme approved by the members at the Annual General Meeting on 2 March 2006,  
as follows: 

Date of grant  
1 March 2001  
1 March 2002  
1 March 2003  
1 March 2003 
1 March 2004  
1 March 2004  
1 March 2005  
1 March 2005  
1 March 2005  
1 August 2006  
1 August 2006  
1 August 2006  
1 August 2007 
1 August 2007 
1 August 2007 
1 August 2008 
1 August 2008 
1 August 2008 

Exercise price 
pence
240.00p
180.40p
112.00p
112.00p
140.00p
140.00p
157.00p
157.00p
157.00p
184.00p
184.00p
184.00p
203.00p
203.00p
203.00p
177.00p
177.00p
177.00p

Exercise period  
1 March 2008 – 31 August 2008 
1 March 2009 – 31 August 2009 
1 March 2008 – 31 August 2008 
1 March 2010 – 31 August 2010 
1 March 2009 – 31 August 2009 
1 March 2011 – 31 August 2011 
1 March 2008 – 31 August 2008 
1 March 2010 – 31 August 2010 
1 March 2012 – 31 August 2012 
1 August 2009 – 31 January 2010 
1 August 2011 – 31 January 2012 
1 August 2013 – 31 January 2014 
1 August 2010 – 31 January 2011 
1 August 2012 – 31 January 2013 
1 August 2014 – 31 January 2015 
1 August 2011 – 31 January 2012 
1 August 2013 – 31 January 2014 
1 August 2015 – 31 January 2016 

2008
number
–
6,575
–
13,312
101,937
34,744
965
102,970
18,284
769,091
201,098
33,450
446,269
126,097
33,588
785,306
339,268
15,571
3,028,525

2007 
number
1,531
6,575
132,064
14,579
104,954
34,744
331,306
121,915
19,422
930,309
241,173
35,308
671,566
168,521
35,319
–
–
–
2,849,286

Under the above scheme, 441,988 1p ordinary shares were issued during the year for aggregate proceeds of £636,238. 

The market price of the shares of the Company at 30 September 2008 was 195.30p and the highest and lowest prices during the year were 251.75p 
and 187.10p respectively. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
91

19 Share-based payments 
The total charge for the year relating to employee share-based payment plans was £7.6m (2007: £8.8m), all of which related to equity-settled share-
based payment transactions. After deferred tax, the total charge was £5.2m (2007: £6.1m). A reconciliation of share movements for options granted 
after 7 November 2002 to which IFRS 2 is applicable is shown below. 

ESOS 
Under the 1999 Executive Share Option Scheme (“ESOS”), grants are made at an exercise price which approximates to the share price at the date  
of the grant and are made to senior executives and managers across the Group, as well as to other staff with high potential or to recognise significant 
achievement or local market practice. The annual grant is normally made after the preliminary declaration of the annual results. Under the rules of  
the ESOS, as amended at the Annual General Meeting in 2005, the annual grant of options to an individual is limited to shares worth up to 300%  
of base salary. In practice, annual grants to executive directors are limited to shares under option worth 100% of base salary except in exceptional 
circumstances, such as a promotion or recruitment or to reflect local market practice. 

The performance targets governing the vesting of options are based on stretching EPS growth measured over a fixed three year period from the start of 
the financial year in which the grant is made. 30% of options will vest at the end of the period if the increase in EPS exceeds Retail Prices Index (“RPI”)  
by 15% (an average of 5% per year) and 100% of those options will vest at that time only if RPI is exceeded in that period by 27% (an average of 9%  
per year). Between those targets, options will vest on a straight-line basis. If those targets are not met at the end of the three year period, then no further 
retesting of the performance criteria will be undertaken and the options will lapse. 

Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Performance conditions were included in the fair value calculations. The fair value 
per option granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows: 

Grant date  
Share price at  
grant date 
Exercise price  
Number of employees  
Shares under option  
Vesting period (years)  
Expected volatility  
Option life (years)  
Expected life (years)  
Risk free rate  
Expected dividends 
expressed as a 
dividend yield 
Fair value per option  

December 
2003  

May  
2004 

January 
2005

May 
2005

January 
2006

January 
2007

June  
2007 

January 
2008

June 
2008

£1.75  
£1.71 
449 
6,701,339 
3 
62% 
10 
4 
4.5% 

£1.72  
£1.72 
21 
252,051 
3 
57% 
10 
4 
5.1% 

£1.90 
£1.98
139
3,769,565
3
52%
10
4
4.4%

£2.07 
£2.06
134
1,830,784
3
48%
10
4
4.3%

£2.53 
£2.59
411
5,047,073
3
40%
10
4
4.1%

£2.72
£2.70
600
6,986,236
3
30%
10
4
5.0%

£2.49 
£2.48 
14 
195,530 
3 
25% 
10 
4 
5.7% 

£2.13
£2.14
462
9,668,002
3
24%
10
4
4.2%

£2.21
£2.19
2
246,209
3
26%
10
4
5.3%

0.9% 
£0.855 

1.0% 
£0.794 

1.6%
£0.802

1.6%
£0.777

1.6%
£0.799

1.4%
£0.762

3.0% 
£0.539 

3.0%
£0.390

3.0%
£0.475

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last four years. The expected life is the average expected period to exercise. The risk free 
rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term consistent with the assumed option life. A reconciliation of option movements 
over the year is shown below: 

Outstanding at 1 October  
Granted  
Forfeited  
Exercised  
Outstanding at 30 September  
Exercisable at 30 September  

2008 
Weighted  
average  
exercise 
price 
£ 
2.13 
2.14 
2.46 
1.64 
2.14 
1.83 

Number
’000s
33,442
10,376
(2,920)
(3,135)
37,763
16,543

2007
Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
£
1.88
2.69
2.27
1.59
2.13
1.62

Number
’000s
32,218
8,958
(2,093)
(5,641)
33,442
12,580

 
 
92 

19 Share-based payments (continued) 

Weighted  
average 
exercise 
price 
£ 
2.14 

2008
Weighted average 
remaining life years
Expected Contractual
7.3

0.8

Number  
of shares 
37,763 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
£
2.13

2007
Weighted average 
remaining life years
Contractual
7.5

Expected
0.8

Number  
of shares 
33,442 

Range of  
exercise prices 
1.34 – 2.70  

The weighted average share price during the period for options exercised over the year was 211.02p (2007: 261.21p). 

The Sage Group PSP 
The Performance Share Plan (the “Plan”) was approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in 2005. Annual grants of performance shares 
will normally be made to executive directors and senior executives across the Group after the preliminary declaration of the annual results. This Plan is 
currently operated in conjunction with the ESOS. 

Annual awards under the Plan are limited to shares worth up to 150% of base salary. In practice, annual grants to executive directors are limited to 
shares worth 100% of base salary except in exceptional circumstances, such as a promotion or recruitment or to reflect local market practice. 

The performance shares are subject to performance conditions measuring the Group’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) against a comparator group  
of international software and computer services companies. TSR has been chosen as the performance condition because it helps to align the interests 
of award holders with shareholders and complements the focus on Group financial results that arises from using EPS under the ESOS and annual 
bonus plan. 

The comparator group for awards made in 2008 comprised the following companies: 

(cid:129) Adobe Systems 
(cid:129) ARM Holdings  
(cid:129) Autonomy 
(cid:129) Blackbaud  
(cid:129) Cap Gemini 

(cid:129) Cegid  
(cid:129) Dassault Systemes  
(cid:129) Exact 
(cid:129) Intuit  
(cid:129) Lawson Software 

(cid:129) LogicaCMG  
(cid:129) Micro Focus International  
(cid:129) Microsoft  
(cid:129) Misys 
(cid:129) MYOB 

(cid:129) Oracle 
(cid:129) Salesforce.com 
(cid:129) SAP 
(cid:129) Software AG 

25% of shares vest for median TSR performance as compared to the comparator group whilst all shares vest for upper quintile (top 20%) TSR 
performance. Between those two points, shares will vest on a straight-line basis. TSR will be measured over a single three year period from the start  
of the financial year in which the grant is made to establish whether the criteria have been met and if these criteria are not met on the third anniversary  
of grant, the performance shares will lapse. 

Awards were valued using the Monte Carlo option-pricing model. Performance conditions were included in the fair value calculations. The fair value  
per award granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows: 

Grant date  
Share price at grant date  
Exercise price  
Number of employees  
Shares under award  
Vesting period (years)  
Expected volatility  
Award life (years)  
Expected life (years)  
Risk free rate  
Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield  
Fair value per award  

January 
2006
£2.59
£0.00
81
1,989,958
3
32%
3
3
4.2%
0.0%
£1.401

January 
2007
£2.72
£0.00
94
2,347,292
3
24%
3
3
5.1%
0.0%
£1.478

June  
2007 
£2.49 
£0.00 
2 
33,000 
3 
22% 
3 
3 
5.7% 
0.0% 
£1.041 

March 
2008
£2.00
£0.00
118
5,107,983
3
25%
3
3
4.0%
0.0%
£1.088

June 
2008
£2.21
£0.00
2
333,148
3
27%
3
3
5.3%
0.0%
£1.254

 
 
 
 
 
93

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last three years. The expected life is the average expected period to exercise. The risk free 
rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term consistent with the assumed award life. A reconciliation of award movements 
over the year is shown below: 

Outstanding at 1 October  
Awarded  
Forfeited  
Exercised  
Outstanding at 30 September  
Exercisable at 30 September  

Weighted  
average 
exercise 
price 
£ 
– 

2008
Weighted average 
remaining life years
Expected Contractual
1.7

1.7

Number  
of shares 
9,811 

Range of  
exercise prices 
N/A  

2008  
Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price  
£ 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2007 
Weighted
average
exercise 
price 
£
–
–
–
–
–
–

Number 
’000s
4,554
3,028
(388)
–
7,194
–

2007
Weighted average 
remaining life years
Contractual
1.5

Expected
1.5

Number  
of shares 
7,194 

Number 
’000s
7,194
5,568
(1,862)
(1,089)
9,811
–

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
£
–

The Sage Group Savings-related Share Option Plan (the “SAYE Plan”) 
In February 1996, the Company introduced an Inland Revenue approved savings-related share option scheme allowing all UK employees to apply  
for an option to acquire ordinary shares in the Company (“Shares”) at a price per Share which was not less than 80% of the market value of those 
Shares when invitations for options were made. The acquisition of the Shares was funded by the proceeds of a savings account with a bank or building 
society. The original scheme adopted in 1996 continued in accordance with its terms for ten years and expired in February 2006. A new scheme was 
approved by the members at the Annual General Meeting held on 2 March 2006. 

Eligibility 
All UK employees, including executive directors, of the Company and its participating subsidiaries who have completed at least one year’s continuous 
service and are assessable to employment income tax are eligible to participate in the SAYE Plan. The directors may offer participation to other 
employees and may alter the length of service required to qualify to a different period, not exceeding five years. 

Employee contributions 
An employee who wishes to participate in the SAYE Plan will enter into a contract (the “SAYE contract”) with a savings body, designated by the 
directors for the purpose of the SAYE Plan, to make monthly contributions by deduction from their pay of not more than the maximum contribution 
permitted from time to time by HMRC (currently £250). 

A tax-free bonus (currently equivalent to 1.4x or 4.4x the monthly contribution) will be paid on completion of 36 or 60 monthly savings contributions 
respectively and another tax-free bonus (currently 8.4x the monthly contribution) (including the payment at the end of 60 months) will be paid after  
a further two years if the savings plus the initial bonus are not withdrawn prior to that date. 

Exercise price 
An employee who applies for the grant of an option to acquire Shares will do so at a price (the “Exercise Price”) which is determined by the directors  
but which is not less than the greater of: 
•  80% of the middle market quotation of a Share on the dealing day prior to the date of invitation as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily 
Official List (or, if the directors so decide, 80% of the average of the middle market quotations over the three dealing days prior to the date of the 
invitation or 80% of the middle market quotations at such other time or times agreed in advance with HMRC), and; 
In the case of an option over unissued Shares, the nominal value of a Share. 

• 

Grant of options 
Each option is granted over a number of Shares which, when multiplied by the Exercise Price, does not exceed the total monthly contributions plus the 
bonus payable on the maturity of the SAYE contract. There will be no payment for the grant of an option. Invitations to apply for options must be made 
within a period of 42 days after: 
•  Approval of the SAYE Plan by HMRC; or 
•  The publication by the Company of its interim or final results each year; or 
•  The day after the Company’s Annual General Meeting; or 
•  Any day on which any change to the savings-related share option schemes legislation is announced or made; or 
• 

If the directors resolve that exceptional circumstances exist which justify the operation of the SAYE Plan. 

 
 
94 

19 Share-based payments (continued) 
Exercise of options 
In normal circumstances, an option may be exercised at any time within six months following maturity of the SAYE contract, using the proceeds of the 
SAYE contract and the applicable bonus. 

Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Performance conditions were not included in the fair value calculations. The fair 
value per option granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows: 

Grant date  
Share price at grant date  
Exercise price  
Number of employees  
Shares under option  
Vesting period (years)  
Expected volatility  
Option life (years)  
Expected life (years)  
Risk free rate  
Expected dividends expressed as a 
dividend yield  
Fair value per option  

Grant date  
Share price at grant date  
Exercise price  
Number of employees  
Shares under option  
Vesting period (years)  
Expected volatility  
Option life (years)  
Expected life (years)  
Risk free rate  
Expected dividends expressed as a 
dividend yield  
Fair value per option 

March 
2003 
£1.34 
£1.12 
1
13,312
7 
52% 
7 
7 
4.0% 

1.1% 
£0.746 

August 
2006 
£2.28
£1.84
13
33,450
7
51%
7
7
4.6%

March 
2004 
£1.93 
£1.40 
35
101,937
5 
59% 
5 
5 
4.6% 

0.9% 
£1.135 

August 
2007 
£2.28
£2.03
346
446,269
3 
22%
3 
3 
5.4%

March 
2004
£1.93
£1.40
10
34,744
7
54%
7
7
4.7%

0.9%
£1.192

August 
2007 
£2.28
£2.03
58
126,097
5 
34%
5 
5 
5.3%

August  
2006  
£2.28  
£1.84  
71 
201,098 
5  
42%  
5  
5  
4.7%  

1.6%  
£1.028 

1.6%
£1.255

3.0%
£0.503

3.0%
£0.750

March 
2005 
£2.06 
£1.57 
6
18,284
7 
54% 
7 
7 
4.7% 

1.6% 
£1.176

August 
2008 
£1.98
£1.77
95
339,268
5 
27%
5 
5 
4.8%

March 
2005 
£2.06 
£1.57 
1
965
3 
44% 
3 
3 
4.7% 

March  
2005  
£2.06  
£1.57  
32 
102,970 
5  
55%  
5  
5  
4.7%  

1.6% 
£0.847

1.6%  
£1.092 

August  
2008  
£1.98 
£1.77 
461 
785,306 
3  
28% 
3  
3  
4.8% 

August 
2007 
£2.28
£2.03
9
33,588
7
45%
7
7
5.2%

3.0%
£0.965

3.0% 
£0.476 

3.0%
£0.543

August 
2006 
£2.28 
£1.84 
372
769,091
3 
26% 
3 
3 
4.7% 

1.6% 
£0.706

August 
2008 
£1.98
£1.77
10
15,571
7
39%
7
7
4.8%

3.0%
£0.746

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last three, five or seven years, consistent with the option life. The expected life is the 
average expected period to exercise. The risk free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term consistent with the 
assumed option life. A reconciliation of option movements over the year is shown below: 

Outstanding at 1 October  
Awarded  
Forfeited  
Surrendered 
Exercised  
Outstanding at 30 September  
Exercisable at 30 September  

2008  
Weighted  
average  
price 
£ 
1.79 
1.77 
1.84 
1.93 
1.44 
1.82 
1.57 

Number 
’000s
2,841
1,182
(175)
(384)
(442)
3,022
1

2007 
Weighted 
average 
price
£
1.65
2.03
1.71
1.81
1.40
1.79
–

Number 
’000s
2,552
914
(90)
(180)
(355)
2,841
–

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
95

Weighted  
average 
exercise 
price 
£ 
1.82 

2008
Weighted average 
remaining life years
Expected Contractual
2.4

2.4

Number  
of shares 
3,022 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
£
1.79

2007
Weighted average 
remaining life years
Contractual
2.4

Expected
2.4

Number  
of shares 
2,841 

Range of  
exercise prices 
1.12 – 2.03 

20 Share premium account 

At 1 October 2006  
Premium on shares issued during the year under share option schemes  
At 1 October 2007  
Premium on shares issued during the year under share option schemes  
At 30 September 2008  

21 Other reserves 

At 1 October 2006  
Exchange adjustments, net of tax  
At 30 September 2007 
Exchange adjustments, net of tax  
At 30 September 2008  

£m
462.8
15.4
478.2
8.4
486.6

Translation  
reserve  
£m 
(17.4) 
(51.6) 
(69.0) 
117.1 
48.1 

Other 
reserve 
£m
61.1
–
61.1
–
61.1

Total other 
reserves 
£m
43.7
(51.6)
(7.9)
117.1
109.2

Translation reserve 
The translation reserve represents the accumulated exchange differences arising since the transition to IFRS from the following sources: 
•  The impact of the translation of subsidiaries with a functional currency other than Sterling; and 
•  Exchange differences arising on hedging instruments that are designated hedges of a net investment in foreign operations, net of tax  

where applicable. 

Exchange differences arising prior to the IFRS transition were offset against retained earnings. 

Other reserve 
Other reserves brought forward relate to the merger reserve which was present under UK GAAP and frozen on transition to IFRS.  

22 Retained earnings 

At 1 October  
Profit for the year  
Share-based payments  
Dividends paid  
Actuarial gain/(loss) on employment benefits 
Equity movement of deferred tax  
At 30 September  

2008 
£m
567.5
166.3
7.6
(106.2)
3.1
(0.2)
638.1

2007 
£m
458.1
154.1
8.8
(49.0)
(1.2)
(3.3)
567.5

The actuarial gain of £3.1m (2007: loss (£1.2m)) is made up of net gains of £2.8m (2007: loss (£1.8m)) on post-employment benefits (note 28) and  
a gain of £0.3m (2007: gain £0.6m) on other long-term employee benefits.  

Cumulative goodwill relating to acquisitions made prior to 1998, which has been eliminated against reserves, amounts to £267.4m (2007: £236.4m).  

 
 
96 

22 Retained earnings (continued) 
Treasury shares 
The Group holds treasury shares in a trust which was set up for the benefit of Group employees. The Trust purchases the Company’s shares in  
the market for use in connection with the Group’s share-based payments arrangements. The Trust holds 3,648,697 ordinary shares in the Company 
(2007: 4,755,602) at a cost of £10,218,347 (2007: £13,272,933) and a nominal value of £36,487 (2007: £47,556). The Trust originally purchased  
the shares in February 2006 with the cost being deducted from retained earnings.  

These shares were originally acquired by the Trust in the open market using funds provided by the Company to meet obligations under the 
Performance Share Plan. During the year, 1,106,905 shares were utilised to meet these obligations. The costs of funding and administering the scheme 
are charged to the profit and loss account of the Company in the period to which they relate. The market value of the shares at 30 September 2008 
was £7.1m (2007: £11.8m). 

23 Shareholders’ funds and reconciliation of changes in shareholders’ equity 

At 1 October 2006 
Exchange adjustments  
New shares issued 
Purchase of minority interest 
Profit for the year  
Equity movement of deferred tax  
Share options  
– proceeds from shares issued  
– value of employee services  
Actuarial loss on employment benefits 
Dividends  
At 30 September 2007  
Exchange adjustments  
New shares issued  
Profit for the year  
Equity movement of deferred tax  
Share options  
– proceeds from shares issued  
– value of employee services  
Actuarial gain on employment benefits 
Dividends  
At 30 September 2008 

24 Minority interest 

At 1 October  
Purchase of minority interest  
At 30 September  

Share 
capital
(note 18) 
£m
12.9
–
0.1
–
–
–

Share 
premium
(note 20) 
£m
462.8
–
–
–
–
–

Retained 
earnings
(note 22) 
£m
458.1
–
–
–
154.1
(3.3)

Other 
reserves 
(note 21) 
£m
43.7
(51.6)
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
13.0
–
0.1
–
–

–
–
–
–
13.1

15.4
–
–
–
478.2
–
–
–
–

8.4
–
–
–
486.6

–
8.8
(1.2)
(49.0)
567.5
–
–
166.3
(0.2)

–
7.6
3.1
(106.2)
638.1

–
–
–
–
(7.9)
117.1
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
109.2

Equity  
funds  
£m 
977.5 
(51.6) 
0.1 
– 
154.1 
(3.3) 

15.4 
8.8 
(1.2) 
(49.0) 
1,050.8 
117.1 
0.1 
166.3 
(0.2) 

8.4 
7.6 
3.1 
(106.2) 
1,247.0 

Minority 
interest
(note 24) 
£m
0.1
–
–
(0.1)
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

2008 
£m
–
–
–

Total 
equity 
£m
977.6
(51.6)
0.1
(0.1)
154.1
(3.3)

15.4
8.8
(1.2)
(49.0)
1,050.8
117.1
0.1
166.3
(0.2)

8.4
7.6
3.1
(106.2)
1,247.0

2007 
£m
0.1
(0.1)
–

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25 Cash flow and net debt 

Reconciliation of profit for the year to cash generated from continuing operations  
Profit for the year  
Adjustments for:  
Taxation  
Finance income  
Finance expenses  
Amortisation of intangible assets  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment  
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment  
Loss on disposal of intangible assets 
Equity-settled share-based transactions  
Exchange movements  
Changes in working capital (excluding effects of acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries) 
(cid:129) Decrease/(increase) in inventories  
(cid:129) Increase in trade and other receivables  
(cid:129) Increase/(decrease) in payables  
(cid:129) Increase in deferred income  
Cash generated from continuing operations  

Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt (inclusive of finance leases)  
Decrease in cash in the year (pre-exchange movements)  
Cash outflow from decrease in loans, finance leases and cash collected from customers  
Change in net debt resulting from cash flows  
Loans acquired with subsidiaries 
Non-cash movements  
Exchange movements  
Movement in net debt in the year  
Net debt at 1 October  
Net debt at 30 September 

97

2008 
£m
166.3

74.7
(3.8)
30.2
36.7
18.5
–
–
7.6
2.3

1.1
(13.9)
3.5
18.8
342.0

2008 
£m
(3.3)
40.0
36.7
(0.9)
(1.0)
(66.1)
(31.3)
(509.7)
(541.0)

2007 
£m
154.1

69.2
(3.6)
35.5
33.5
16.2
1.3
0.5
8.8
(1.8)

(0.1)
(9.9)
(3.0)
16.4
317.1

2007 
£m
(14.1)
67.2
53.1
(0.5)
0.3
31.0
83.9
(593.6)
(509.7)

Analysis of change in net debt  
(inclusive of finance leases) 
Net cash at bank and in hand  
Loans due within one year  
Finance leases due within one year 
Loans due after more than one year 
Finance leases due after more than one year 
Cash collected from customers  
Total  

At 
1 October 
2007 
£m
65.6
(0.2)
(0.1)
(561.1)
(0.1)
(13.8)
(509.7)

Cash flow 
£m
(3.3)
(12.7)
0.1
59.5
–
(6.9)
36.7

Acquisitions 
£m
–
(0.7)
–
–
(0.2)
–
(0.9)

Exchange 
movements 
£m
7.8
–
(0.3)
(71.7)
0.1
(2.0)
(66.1)

At 
30 September 
2008 
£m
70.1
(13.6)
(0.3)
(574.3)
(0.2)
(22.7)
(541.0)

Other  
£m 
– 
– 
– 
(1.0) 
– 
– 
(1.0) 

Included in cash above is £22.7m (2007: £13.8m) relating to cash collected from customers, which the Group is contracted to pay onto another party.  
A liability for the same amount is included in trade and other payables on the balance sheet and is classified within net debt above. 

 
 
 
98 

26 Acquisitions and disposals  
a Acquisition of KCS Global Holdings Limited 
On 26 October 2007 the Group completed the acquisition of KCS Global Holdings Limited (“KCS”), for a consideration of £20.4m (inclusive of £0.3m 
related costs). Total goodwill arising on the acquisition is £16.2m.  

In the purchase 100% of the voting shares were acquired. From the date of the acquisition to 30 September 2008 the acquisition contributed £5.6m  
to revenue and £1.1m to profit. 

All intangible assets were recognised at their respective fair values. The residual excess over the net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill.  
Details of net assets acquired and goodwill are as follows: 

Purchase consideration:  
– Cash paid 
– Direct costs relating to the acquisition 
– Deferred consideration 
Total purchase consideration 
– Fair value of net identifiable assets (see below) 
Goodwill 

£m

19.9
0.3
0.2
20.4
(4.2)
16.2

The value of goodwill represents anticipated synergies expected to result from integration of operations into our existing UK business and a previous 
acquisition in this sector. This acquisition will enhance our existing product and services portfolio and add scale to our HR and Payroll operations  
in the UK. Goodwill also includes the value of the acquired workforce. 

KCS acquisition 
Intangible fixed assets  
Property, plant and equipment  
Receivables  
Payables  
Deferred income  
Taxation – Current 
Taxation – Deferred 
Cash and cash equivalents  
Net assets acquired  
Goodwill  
Consideration  
Consideration satisfied by:  
Cash  
Deferred consideration  
Consideration 

The outflow of cash and cash equivalents on the acquisition of KCS is calculated as follows:  

Cash consideration  
Cash acquired  
Net cash outflow 

The intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of KCS can be analysed as follows: 

Brands  
Customer relationships  
Technology  

Further details of these are given in note 8. 

Carrying values 
pre-acquisition 
£m
7.3
0.2
1.3
(1.2)
(1.6)
(0.2)
–
0.2
6.0

Fair value 
£m
7.8
0.2
1.3
(1.2)
(1.6)
(0.2)
(2.3)
0.2
4.2
16.2
20.4

20.2
0.2
20.4

£m
20.2
(0.2)
20.0

£m
0.5
4.5
2.8
7.8

 
 
 
99

b Acquisition of Hallco 1390 Ltd (trading as Tekton Group Ltd) 
On 29 March 2008 the Group completed the acquisition of Hallco 1390 Ltd which trades under the name of Tekton Group Ltd (“Tekton”), for a 
consideration of £21.1m (inclusive of £0.4m related costs). Total goodwill arising on the acquisition is £16.4m. The fair values of net assets acquired  
are based on provisional assessments pending final determination of certain assets and liabilities. 

In the purchase 100% of the voting shares were acquired. From the date of the acquisition to 30 September 2008 the acquisition contributed £3.7m  
to revenue and loss of £0.1m. Details of net assets acquired and goodwill are as follows: 

Purchase consideration:  
– Cash paid 
– Direct costs relating to the acquisition 
– Deferred consideration 
Total purchase consideration 
– Fair value of net identifiable assets (see below) 
Goodwill 

£m

19.7
0.4
1.0
21.1
(4.7)
16.4

Goodwill recognised represents the value of the assembled workforce at the time of acquisition with specific knowledge and expertise in the specialised 
field of development, implementation and support services related to construction software. The value of goodwill also represents prospective future 
economic benefits that are anticipated will be derived from enhancing the portfolio of products and services to our existing customer base with those 
offered by Tekton.  

The fair value adjustments contain some provisional amounts which will be finalised in the 2009 accounts. 

Tekton acquisition 
Intangible fixed assets  
Property, plant and equipment  
Receivables  
Payables  
Borrowings 
Deferred income  
Taxation – Current 
Taxation – Deferred 
Cash and cash equivalents  
Net assets acquired  
Goodwill  
Consideration  
Consideration satisfied by:  
Cash  
Deferred consideration  
Consideration 

All intangible assets were recognised at their respective fair values. The residual excess over the net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill.  

The outflow of cash and cash equivalents on the acquisition of Tekton is calculated as follows:  

Cash consideration  
Cash acquired  
Net cash outflow 

The intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Tekton can be analysed as follows: 

Customer relationships  
Technology 

Further details of these are given in note 8. 

Carrying values 
pre-acquisition 
£m
12.2
0.3
2.3
(1.4)
(0.9)
(1.7)
0.1
–
1.3
12.2

Provisional 
fair value 
£m
7.1
0.2
2.1
(1.4)
(0.9)
(1.7)
0.1
(2.1)
1.3
4.7
16.4
21.1

20.1
1.0
21.1

£m
20.1
(1.3)
18.8

£m
3.0
4.1
7.1

 
 
100 

26 Acquisitions and disposals (continued) 
c Acquisition of Eurowin (Millor Soft, S.L., Millor Soft Consulting, S.L., Millor Soft Imatge, S.L. and Millor Soft Internet, S.L.) 
On 14 July 2008 the Group completed the acquisition of Eurowin, which comprises Millor Soft, S.L., Millor Soft Consulting, S.L., Millor Soft Imatge,  
S.L. and Millor Soft Internet, S.L. for a consideration of £11.9m (inclusive of £0.1m related costs). Total goodwill arising on the acquisition is £9.0m.  
The fair values of net assets acquired are based on provisional assessments pending final determination of certain assets and liabilities. 

In the purchase 100% of the voting shares were acquired. From the date of the acquisition to 30 September 2008 the acquisition contributed £1.8m  
to revenue and £nil to profit. 

Details of net assets acquired and goodwill are as follows: 

Purchase consideration:  
– Cash paid 
– Direct costs relating to the acquisition 
Total purchase consideration 
– Fair value of net identifiable assets (see below) 
Goodwill 

£m

11.8
0.1
11.9
(2.9)
9.0

Goodwill represents the value of the potential synergies, workforce in place and anticipated future benefits from strengthening our market position in the 
entry-level market space in Spain. The value of goodwill also represents benefit that is anticipated will be derived from enhancing the product portfolio 
offered by Eurowin to their existing customer base.  

The fair value adjustments contain some provisional amounts which will be finalised in the 2009 accounts. 

Eurowin acquisition 
Intangible fixed assets  
Property, plant and equipment  
Inventories 
Receivables  
Payables  
Deferred income  
Taxation – Deferred 
Cash and cash equivalents  
Net assets acquired  
Goodwill  
Consideration satisfied by: Cash 

Carrying values 
pre-acquisition 
£m
–
0.2
0.4
0.8
(1.7)
(0.8)
0.3
0.7
(0.1)

Provisional 
fair value 
£m
4.3
0.2
0.4
0.8
(1.7)
(0.8)
(1.0)
0.7
2.9
9.0
11.9

All intangible assets were recognised at their respective fair values. The residual excess over the net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill.  

The outflow of cash and cash equivalents on the acquisition of Eurowin is calculated as follows:  

Cash consideration  
Cash acquired  
Net cash outflow 

The intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Eurowin can be analysed as follows: 

Brands 
Customer relationships  
Technology 

Further details of these are given in note 8. 

£m
11.9
(0.7)
11.2

£m
1.0
1.3
2.0
4.3

 
 
 
 
101

d Other acquisitions made in the year 
The following acquisitions, each of the entire share capital of the relevant company, were made during the year: 
•  EIG Maroc SARL was acquired on 7 November 2007 for a cash consideration of £1.0m (including costs). The fair value of assets acquired was 

(£0.1m) resulting in goodwill of £1.1m.  

•  DCS Automative Ibérica, S.L. was acquired on 7 July 2008 for a cash consideration of £0.3m (including costs). The fair value of assets acquired  

was (£0.1m) resulting in goodwill of £0.4m. 

•  Européenne Alliance Technologie SAS (API) was acquired on 10 September 2008 for a cash consideration of £12.0m (including costs). The fair 

value of assets acquired was £2.1m resulting in goodwill of £9.9m. 

Other acquisitions 
Intangible fixed assets  
Inventories 
Receivables 
Payables 
Taxation – Current 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Deferred income 
Net assets acquired  
Goodwill  
Consideration satisfied by: Cash 

Carrying values
pre-acquisition 
£m
1.0
0.1
0.3
(1.7)
0.1
3.2
(0.1)
2.9

Provisional 
fair value 
£m
–
0.1
0.3
(1.6)
–
3.2
(0.1)
1.9
11.4
13.3

The fair value adjustments contain some provisional amounts which will be finalised in the 2009 accounts. 

Goodwill represents a combination of the acquired workforce, potential synergies and other probable future economic benefits that it is anticipated will 
be derived from these acquisitions. 

The outflow of cash and cash equivalents on the acquisition of the other acquisitions is calculated as follows: 

Cash consideration  
Cash acquired  
Net cash outflow 

£m
13.3
(3.2)
10.1

e Contribution of acquisitions 
The contribution to Group revenue and net profit, had the acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the year, has not been disclosed as it would be 
impracticable to determine these amounts due to the following reasons: 
•  Certain of the acquisitions had a different year end to the Group; 
•  Certain of the acquisitions accounted under a different GAAP to the Group, making accounting information not comparable to the rest of the Group; 

• 

and 
In certain instances, accounting information is not sufficient to determine accurately the fair value adjustments that would have been made to the 
balance sheets one year ago. 

f Other 
During the year ended 30 September 2008 adjustments were made in respect of goodwill on prior year acquisitions of £14.2m, due to additional cash 
acquisition payments of £16.2m, reduction in deferred consideration of £3.3m and decrease in net assets of £1.3m following the re-appraisal of the fair 
value of assets and liabilities. 

 
 
102 

26 Acquisitions and disposals (continued) 
g Analysis of net outflow of cash in respect of acquisitions 
The outflow of cash and cash equivalents on the acquisitions is calculated as follows: 

KCS 
Tekton 
Eurowin 
Other acquisitions  
Payments in relation to previous years’ acquisitions  
Payment of deferred consideration  
Net cash outflow in respect of acquisitions  

h Analysis of goodwill  
The total additions to goodwill are calculated as follows:  

KCS 
Tekton 
Eurowin 
Other acquisitions  
Adjustments in relation to previous years’ acquisitions  
Net movement in goodwill on acquisitions  

27 Employees and directors 

Average number of people employed  
By territory: 
UK & Ireland  
Mainland Europe  
North America  
Rest of World  

Staff costs 
Wages and salaries  
Social security costs  
Share-based payments  
Other pension costs  

Key management compensation  
Salaries and short-term employee benefits  
Post-employment benefits  
Share-based payments  

The key management figures given above include directors. 

Note
26a
26b
26c
26d
26f

Note
26a
26b
26c
26d
26f

£m
20.0
18.8
11.2
10.1
16.2
4.8
81.1

£m
16.2
16.4
9.0
11.4
14.2
67.2

2008 
number

2007 
number

2,695
5,653
4,939
1,752
15,039

2008 
£m
492.6
86.5
7.6
8.8
595.5

2008 
£m 
6.3
0.6
2.1
9.0

2,200
4,703
5,158
1,470
13,531

2007 
£m
425.7
69.0
8.8
8.0
511.5

2007 
£m
5.7
0.2
1.6
7.5

Note 

19 
28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
103

28 Pension commitments 
The Group has established a number of pension schemes around the world covering many of its employees. All of these schemes are defined 
contribution schemes with the exception of two small schemes in Switzerland.  

Defined contribution schemes  

Pension costs for defined contribution schemes are as follows: 
Defined contribution schemes  

Note 
27 

Defined benefit plan  
The most recent actuarial valuations of the Swiss pension plans were performed by Expertisa AG in October 2008.  

The principal assumptions made by the actuaries were: 
Rate of increase in pensionable salaries  
Rate of increase in pensions in payment and deferred pensions  
Mortality assumption  
Discount rate  
Inflation assumption  
Expected return on plan assets  

Pensions and other post-employment obligations  

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are determined as follows: 
Present value of funded obligations  
Fair value of plan assets  
Net liability recognised in the balance sheet  

2008 
£m
7.4

2008 
%
2.00
0.50
1.00
3.50
1.50
4.00

2008 
£m
(20.0)
16.1
(3.9)

2007 
£m
7.4

2007 
%
2.00
0.50
1.00
3.00
1.00
4.00

2007 
£m
(17.9)
12.6
(5.3)

The expected return on plan assets is based on market expectation at the beginning of the period for returns over the entire life of the benefit obligation. 

The major categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets  
are as follows: 
Bonds 
Equities  
Property  
Other  

£m
7.6
1.5
1.0
6.0
16.1

2008  
% 
47.2 
9.3 
6.2 
37.3 
100.0 

£m
3.6
1.5
0.6
6.9
12.6

2007 
%
28.5
11.9
4.8
54.8
100.0

The expected return on plan assets is determined by considering the expected returns available on the assets underlying the current investment policy. 
Expected yields on fixed interest investments are based on gross redemption yields as at the balance sheet date. Expected returns on equity and 
property investments reflect long-term real rates of return experienced in the respective markets. 

Expected contributions to post-employment benefit plans for the year ending 30 September 2009 are £1.1m. 

The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:  
Interest cost  
Expected return on plan assets  
Current service cost  
Total included within staff costs  

The entire cost is included within selling and administrative expenses.  

Note 

27 

2008 
£m
(0.6)
0.6
(1.4)
(1.4)

2007 
£m
(0.5)
0.6
(0.7)
(0.6)

 
 
 
 
 
104 

28 Pension commitments (continued) 

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:  
Present value of obligation – 1 October  
Exchange movement  
Business combinations  
Service cost  
Plan participant contributions 
Interest cost  
Benefits paid  
Actuarial gain on benefit obligation  
Present value of obligation – 30 September  

Changes in the fair value of plan assets are as follows: 
Fair value of plan assets – 1 October  
Exchange movement  
Business combinations  
Expected return on plan assets  
Employer’s contributions  
Employee’s contributions  
Benefits paid  
Actuarial loss on plan assets  
Fair value of plan assets – 30 September  

Analysis of the movement in the balance sheet liability 
At 1 October  
Exchange movement  
Business combinations  
Total expense as recognised in the income statement 
Contributions paid  
Actuarial gain/(loss) 
At 30 September  

The actual return on plan assets was £0.1m (2007: £7.0m).  

History of experience gains and losses  
Present value of defined benefit obligation  
Fair value of plan assets  
Deficit  

Experience adjustments on plan liabilities  
Change in assumptions adjustment on plan assets 
Experience adjustments on plan assets  
Total actuarial (gain)/loss  

Cumulative actuarial gains and losses recognised in equity 
At 1 October 
Actuarial gains/(losses) recognised in the year (before tax) 
At 30 September 

2008 
£m
(17.9)
(3.6)
–
(1.4)
(0.7)
(0.6)
0.7
3.5
(20.0)

2008 
£m
12.6
2.5
–
0.6
1.1
0.7
(0.7)
(0.7)
16.1

2008 
£m
(5.3)
(1.1)
–
(1.4)
1.1
2.8
(3.9)

2006 
£m
(11.7) 
9.6 
(2.1) 

(0.1) 
–
0.1 
–

2008 
£m
(1.9)
2.8
0.9

2007 
£m
(11.7)
0.3
(5.3)
(0.7)
(0.5)
(0.5)
(5.3)
5.8
(17.9)

2007 
£m
9.6
(0.3)
3.9
0.6
0.5
0.6
5.3
(7.6)
12.6

2007 
£m
(2.1)
–
(1.4)
(0.6)
0.6
(1.8)
(5.3)

2005 
£m
(11.2) 
8.8 
(2.4) 

(0.1) 
0.3
(0.1) 
0.1

2007 
£m
(0.1)
(1.8)
(1.9)

2008 
£m
(20.0)
16.1
(3.9)

(3.5)
–
0.7
(2.8)

2007  
£m 
(17.9) 
12.6 
(5.3) 

(5.8) 
– 
7.6 
1.8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
105

29 Operating lease commitments – minimum lease payments 

Total future commitments under non-cancellable operating leases expiring:
Within one year  
Later than one year and less than five years  
After five years  

2008  
Vehicles  
plant and  
equipment  
£m 
0.7 
3.7 
– 
4.4 

Property 
£m
6.7
62.2
93.7
162.6

2007 
Vehicles 
plant and 
equipment 
£m
0.7
4.0
–
4.7

Property 
£m
5.3
40.2
105.3
150.8

The Group leases various offices and warehouses under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. These leases have various terms, escalation 
clauses and renewal rights. The Group also leases vehicles, plant and equipment under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. 

30 Contingent liabilities 
The Group had no contingent liabilities at 30 September 2008 (2007: none). 

31 Related party transactions 
The Group has taken advantage of the exemption available under IAS 24, “Related Party Disclosures”, not to disclose details of transactions with  
its subsidiary undertakings. There are no other external related parties. 

32 Principal subsidiaries 
Detailed below is a list of those subsidiaries which in the opinion of the directors principally affect the amount of the profit or the amount of the assets  
of the Group. The Group percentage of equity capital and voting rights is 100% and all of these subsidiaries are wholly owned and are engaged in the 
development, distribution and support of business management software and related products and services for small and medium-sized businesses. 

Incorporated subsidiaries 
Name  
Sage (UK) Limited  
Sage Hibernia Limited  
Sage Software, Inc.  
Sage Payment Solutions, Inc.  
Sage Software Healthcare, Inc.  
Sage Software Canada Ltd  
Ciel SAS  
Sage SAS  
Adonix SAS  
Sage Holding France SAS 
XRT SAS 
Sage Software GmbH 
Sage bäurer GmbH  
Sage Schweiz AG  
Sage Simultan AG  
Sage Pro-Concept S.A. 
Sage SP, S.A.  
Sage Logic Control, S.L.  
Sage Symfonia SP z.o.o.  
Micropay (Pty) Ltd  
Handisoft Software (Pty) Ltd  
Sage Business Solutions (Pty) Ltd  
Softline (Pty) Ltd  
Sage Software Asia Pte Ltd 
UBS Corporation Sdn Bhd  
Sage Software (Shanghai) Co. Ltd  

Country of incorporation
UK
Ireland
US
US
US
Canada
France
France
France
France
France
Germany
Germany
Switzerland
Switzerland
Switzerland
Spain
Spain
Poland
Australia
Australia
Australia
South Africa
Singapore
Malaysia
China

 
 
 
106 

Independent auditors’ report to  
the members of The Sage Group plc 

Basis of audit opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards  
on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board.  
An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to  
the amounts and disclosures in the Group financial statements. It also 
includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements 
made by the directors in the preparation of the Group financial 
statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the 
Group’s circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed. 

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information 
and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide  
us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the Group 
financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused 
by fraud or other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also 
evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information  
in the Group financial statements. 

Opinion 
In our opinion: 
•  The Group financial statements give a true and fair view, in 

accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, of the 
state of the Group’s affairs as at 30 September 2008 and of its profit 
and cash flows for the year then ended; 

•  The Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the  
IAS Regulation; and 

•  The information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the 

Group financial statements. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors 
Newcastle upon Tyne  
17 December 2008 

We have audited the Group financial statements of The Sage Group plc 
for the year ended 30 September 2008 which comprise the Consolidated 
income statement, the Consolidated statement of recognised income and 
expense, the Consolidated balance sheet, the Consolidated cash flow 
statement and the related notes. These Group financial statements have 
been prepared under the accounting policies set out therein. 

We have reported separately on the parent Company financial statements 
of The Sage Group plc for the year ended 30 September 2008 and on  
the information in the Remuneration report that is described as having 
been audited. 

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors 
The directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report and the 
Group financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the 
European Union are set out in the Statement of directors’ responsibilities. 

Our responsibility is to audit the Group financial statements in accordance 
with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International 
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). This report, including the opinion, 
has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body  
in accordance with Section 235 of the Companies Act 1985 and for no 
other purpose. We do not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this 
report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly 
agreed by our prior consent in writing. 

We report to you our opinion as to whether the Group financial 
statements give a true and fair view and whether the Group financial 
statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. We also report 
to you whether in our opinion the information given in the Directors’ report 
is consistent with the Group financial statements. The information given  
in the Directors’ report includes that specific information presented in the 
Business review that is cross referred from the Business review section  
of the Directors’ report. 

In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, we have not received all the 
information and explanations we require for our audit, or if information 
specified by law regarding directors’ remuneration and other transactions 
is not disclosed. 

We review whether the Corporate governance statement reflects the 
Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the Combined Code 
(2006) specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the Financial 
Services Authority, and we report if it does not. We are not required to 
consider whether the Board’s statements on internal control cover all  
risks and controls, or form an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s 
corporate governance procedures or its risk and control procedures. 

We read other information contained in the Annual Report and consider 
whether it is consistent with the audited Group financial statements.  
The other information comprises only the Chairman’s welcome, the 
Business review, the Directors’ report, the Corporate governance 
statement, the non-audited information in the Remuneration report and  
all of the other information listed on the contents page. We consider  
the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent 
misstatements or material inconsistencies with the Group financial 
statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any other information. 

 
 
 
 
Company balance sheet 
At 30 September 2008 
Prepared using UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (“UK GAAP”) 

107

Fixed assets  
Investments  

Current assets  
Debtors  
Cash at bank and in hand  

Note 

2008 
£m

 2007 
£m

2 

3 

1,544.1
1,544.1

1,544.0
1,544.0

257.7
0.3
258.0

899.5
–
899.5

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year  

4  

(499.1)

(982.4)

Net current liabilities 

Total assets less current liabilities  

(241.1)

(82.9)

1,303.0

1,461.1

Creditors: amounts falling due in more than one year  

5  

(574.9)

(561.3)

Net assets  

Capital and reserves  
Called up share capital  
Share premium account 
Treasury shares  
Merger reserve  
Profit and loss account  
Total shareholders’ funds  

728.1

899.8

13.1
486.6
(10.2)
61.1
177.5
728.1

13.0
478.2
(13.3)
61.1
360.8
899.8

6 
7 
7 
7 
7 

The financial statements on pages 107 to 110 were approved by the Board of Directors on 17 December 2008 and are signed on their behalf by: 

P A Walker  
Director    

P S Harrison 
Director 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108 

Notes to the accounts – Company 
For the year ended 30 September 2008 

Parent Company accounting policies  
a Basis of accounting 
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention with the exception of share-based payments which are measured 
at fair value at the date of grant and in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and applicable accounting standards in the United Kingdom.  
A summary of the more important Company accounting policies, which have been consistently applied, is set out below. 

b Foreign currency translation 
Foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated into Sterling at rates of exchange ruling at the year-end. Differences arising on the re-translation of 
the net investments and the results for the year are taken directly to reserves together with differences on foreign currency borrowings to the extent that 
they are used to finance or provide a hedge against equity investments in foreign enterprises. All other exchange differences are dealt with in the profit 
and loss account. 

c Deferred tax 
Deferred tax is accounted for under FRS 19, “Deferred Tax”, which requires a form of full provision for accounting for deferred tax, called the 
incremental liability approach. Deferred tax is provided on timing differences where the Company has an obligation to pay more tax in the future  
as a result of those timing differences. Deferred tax assets are only recognised if it is considered more likely than not that there will be suitable profits 
from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. 

As permitted by FRS 19, the Company has adopted a policy of not discounting deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

d Investments 
Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less provision for any diminution in value. 

e Parent Company profit and loss account and cash flow statement 
The amount of loss for the financial year before dividends within the accounts of the parent Company is £79.5m (2007: £52.4m). There is no material 
difference between the profits and losses as reported above and historical cost profits and losses and there are no other gains or losses in the year. 

No profit and loss account or cash flow statement is presented for the Company as permitted by section 230 of the Companies Act 1985. 

f Share-based payments 
The Company issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value 
(excluding the effect of non market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled  
share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of the shares that will eventually 
vest allowing for the effect of non market-based vesting conditions. 

Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes or the Monte Carlo pricing models. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on 
management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. 

The Company also provides certain employees with the ability to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares at a discount to the current market value  
at the date of the grant. The Company records an expense, based on its estimate of the discount related to shares expected to vest, on a straight-line 
basis over the vesting period. 

At each Balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimates for the number of options expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision to 
original estimates, if any, in the profit and loss account, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. 

The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the 
options are exercised. 

1 Dividends 

Final dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2007 of 5.73p per share  
(2007: final dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2006 of 2.51p per share) 

Interim dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2008 of 2.43p per share  
(2007: interim dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2007 of 1.27p per share) 

2008 
£m
74.5
–

31.7
–
106.2

2007 
£m
–
32.4

–
16.6
49.0

In addition, the directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 30 September 2008 of 4.78p per share which will absorb  
an estimated £62.6m of shareholders’ funds. It will be paid on 6 March 2009 to shareholders who are on the register of members on 6 February 2009. 
These financial statements do not reflect this dividend payable. 

 
 
 
 
2 Investments 
Equity interests in subsidiary undertakings are as follows: 

Cost 
At 1 October 2007  
Additions in year  
At 30 September 2008  
Provision for diminution in value at 30 September 2007 and 2008  
Net book value  
At 30 September 2008  
At 30 September 2007 

109

£m

1,544.0
0.1
1,544.1
–

1,544.1
1,544.0

The additions in the year represent investments in existing subsidiary undertakings. The directors believe that the carrying value of the investments  
is supported by their underlying net assets. 

Principal trading subsidiary undertakings, included in the Group accounts at 30 September 2008, are shown in note 32 of the Group financial 
statements. All of these subsidiary undertakings are wholly owned and are engaged in the development, distribution and support of business 
management software and related products and services for small and medium-sized businesses. 

3 Debtors 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings  
Other debtors  
Taxation recoverable  

4 Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Bank overdraft 
Amounts owed to Group undertakings  
Accruals  

5 Creditors: amounts falling due in more than one year  
Loans  
Amounts falling due: 
In more than two years but not more than five years  

2008 
£m
256.8
0.9
–
257.7

2008 
£m
–
498.3
0.8
499.1

2008 
£m
574.9
574.9

2007 
£m
893.2
1.1
5.2
899.5

2007 
£m
1.3
980.2
0.9
982.4

2007 
£m
561.3
561.3

Bank loans are denominated in a number of currencies and bear interest based on LIBOR or foreign equivalents appropriate to the country in which the 
borrowing is incurred. Included in loans above is £575.0m (2007: £561.5m) of unsecured loans (after unamortised issue costs) taken out in connection 
with acquisitions. This is drawn down under £850.0m multi-currency revolving credit facilities, £650.0m expiring on 4 August 2011 and £200.0m 
expiring by 13 January 2011 (with £100.0m amortising a year earlier). In the table above, loans are stated net of unamortised issue costs of £0.5m 
(2007: £1.0m). The Company has incurred total issue costs of £7.6m (2007: £7.3m) in respect of these facilities. These costs are allocated to the 
income statement over the term of the facility using the effective interest method. 

6 Called up share capital 

Authorised  
1,860,000,000 (2007: 1,860,000,000) ordinary shares of 1p each 

Issued and fully paid  
At 1 October  
Allotted under share option schemes  
At 30 September  

2008 
£m
18.6

2008 
shares
1,304,160,154
5,397,403
1,309,557,557

2008  
2007 
£m 
shares
13.0  1,294,280,944
9,879,210
13.1  1,304,160,154

0.1 

2007 
£m
18.6

2007 
£m
12.9
0.1
13.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110 

6 Called up share capital (continued) 
Potential issues of ordinary shares 
Certain senior executives hold options to subscribe for shares in the Company at prices ranging from 134.00p to 721.00p under the share option 
schemes approved by shareholders. Details of the number of shares subject to options, the periods in which they were granted and the periods  
in which they may be exercised are given in note 18 of the Group financial statements. 

Share-based payments 
The grants and related accounting treatment adopted by the Company under FRS 20 “Share-based Payment”, are identical to that adopted by the 
Group under IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment”. For details please refer to note 19 in the Group financial statements. 

7 Reserves  

At 1 October 2007  
New shares issued  
Utilisation of treasury shares 
Retained loss for the year  
Dividends  
Equity-settled transactions  
At 30 September 2008 

Share 
premium 
account 
£m
478.2
8.4
–
–
–
–
486.6

Treasury 
shares 
£m
(13.3)
–
3.1
–
–
–
(10.2)

Merger  
reserve  
£m 
61.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
61.1 

Profit and 
loss account 
£m
360.8
–
(3.1)
(79.5)
(106.2)
5.5
177.5

Total 
£m
886.8
8.4
–
(79.5)
(106.2)
5.5
715.0

Treasury shares 
The Company holds treasury shares in a trust which was set up for the benefit of Group employees. The Trust purchases the Company’s shares in  
the market for use in connection with the Group’s share-based payments arrangements. The Trust holds 3,648,697 ordinary shares in the Company 
(2007: 4,755,602) at a cost of £10,218,347 (2007: £13,272,933) and a nominal value of £36,487 (2007: £47,556). The Trust originally purchased the 
shares in February 2006 with the cost being reflected in the treasury shares reserve.  

The amounts shown in the treasury shares reserve at 30 September each year would be deducted from the profit and loss account reserve  
in determining the distributable profits of the Company at that date. 

These shares were originally acquired by the Trust in the open market using funds provided by the Company to meet obligations under the Performance 
Share Plan. During the year, 1,106,905 shares were utilised to meet these obligations. The costs of funding and administering the scheme are charged  
to the profit and loss account of the Company in the period to which they relate. The market value of the shares at 30 September 2008 was £7.1m  
(2007: £11.8m). 

8 Operating lease commitments – minimum lease payments 
The Company had no operating lease commitments during the year (2007: £nil). 

9 Capital commitments and contingent liabilities 
The Company had no capital commitments or contingent liabilities at 30 September 2008 (2007: none). 

10 Related party transactions 
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption available under FRS 8, “Related Party Disclosures”, not to disclose details of transactions with  
its subsidiary undertakings. There are no other external related parties.  

 
 
111

Independent auditors’ report to  
the members of The Sage Group plc 

We have audited the parent Company financial statements of The Sage 
Group plc for the year ended 30 September 2008 which comprise the 
Company balance sheet and the related notes. These parent Company 
financial statements have been prepared under the accounting policies  
set out therein. We have also audited the information in the Remuneration 
report that is described as having been audited. 

We have reported separately on the Group financial statements of  
The Sage Group plc for the year ended 30 September 2008. 

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors 
The directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report, the 
Remuneration report and the parent Company financial statements  
in accordance with applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice)  
are set out in the Statement of directors’ responsibilities. 

Our responsibility is to audit the parent Company financial statements  
and the part of the Remuneration report to be audited in accordance with 
relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards  
on Auditing (UK and Ireland). This report, including the opinion, has  
been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Section 235 of the Companies Act 1985 and for  
no other purpose. We do not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this 
report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly 
agreed by our prior consent in writing. 

We report to you our opinion as to whether the parent Company financial 
statements give a true and fair view and whether the parent Company 
financial statements and the part of the Remuneration report to be 
audited have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 1985. We also report to you whether in our opinion the information 
given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the parent Company 
financial statements. The information given in the Directors’ report 
includes that specific information presented in the Business review that is 
cross referred from the Business review section of the Directors’ report.  

Basis of audit opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards  
on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board.  
An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the 
amounts and disclosures in the parent Company financial statements  
and the part of the Remuneration report to be audited. It also includes an 
assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by the 
directors in the preparation of the parent Company financial statements, 
and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Company’s 
circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed. 

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information 
and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide  
us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the parent 
Company financial statements and the part of the Remuneration report to 
be audited are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud 
or other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated  
the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the parent  
Company financial statements and the part of the Remuneration report  
to be audited. 

Opinion 
In our opinion: 
•  The parent Company financial statements give a true and fair  
view, in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice, of the state of the Company’s affairs as at  
30 September 2008; 

•  The parent Company financial statements and the part of the 

Remuneration report to be audited have been properly prepared  
in accordance with the Companies Act 1985; and 

•  The information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the 

parent Company financial statements. 

In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, the Company has not kept 
proper accounting records, if we have not received all the information and 
explanations we require for our audit, or if information specified by law 
regarding directors’ remuneration and other transactions is not disclosed. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors 
Newcastle upon Tyne  
17 December 2008 

We read other information contained in the Annual Report and consider 
whether it is consistent with the audited parent Company financial 
statements. The other information comprises only the Chairman’s 
welcome, the Business review, the Directors’ report, the Corporate 
governance statement, the non-audited information in the Remuneration 
report and all of the other information listed on the contents page.  
We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any 
apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the parent 
Company financial statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to  
any other information. 

 
 
 
112 

Shareholder information 

Financial calendar 
Annual General Meeting  
Dividend payments 
Final payable – year ended 30 September 2008  
Interim payable – period ending 31 March 2009 
Results announcements 
Interim results – period ending 31 March 2009 
Final results – year ending 30 September 2009  

3 March 2009

6 March 2009
June 2009

6 May 2009
25 November 2009

Shareholder information online 
The Sage Group plc’s registrars are able to notify shareholders by e-mail of the availability of an electronic version of shareholder information.  
Whenever new shareholder information becomes available, such as The Sage Group plc’s interim and full year results, Equiniti will notify you by  
e-mail and you will be able to access, read and print documents at your own convenience. 

To take advantage of this service for future communications, please go to www.shareview.co.uk and select “Shareholder Centre”, where full details  
of the shareholder portfolio service are provided. When registering for this service, you will need to have your eleven character shareholder reference 
number to hand, which is shown on your dividend tax voucher, share certificate or form of proxy. 

Should you change your mind at a later date, you may amend your request to receive electronic communication by entering your shareview portfolio 
online and amending your preferred method of communication from “e-mail” to “post”. If you wish to continue receiving shareholder information in the 
current format, there is no need to take any action. 

Registrars 
Equiniti 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
West Sussex  
BN99 6DA 

www.shareview.co.uk 
Tel: 0871 384 2859 
(from outside the UK: +44 (0)121 415 7047) 
Fax: 0871 384 2125 
(from outside the UK: +44 (0)121 415 7057) 

Information for investors 
Information for investors is provided on the internet as part of the Group’s website which can be found at: www.sage.com/investors 

Investor enquiries 
Enquiries can be directed via our website or by contacting our Investor Relations department: 

Cynthia Alers 
Director of Investor Relations 
Tel:   +44 (0) 191 294 3000 
Fax:   +44 (0) 191 294 0002 

The Sage Group plc 
Registered office: 
North Park 
Newcastle upon Tyne 
NE13 9AA 
Registered in England number 2231246 

 
 
The Sage Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2008

Sage is one ofthe leading global suppliers of
business management software and services to
small and medium-sized enterprises (“SMEs”).

Operating in 26 countriesworldwide,we help
ourcustomers manage theirbusinesses more
efficientlythrough the provision of locally
tailored products and qualitycustomersupport.

Keyperformance indicators (“KPIs”)

Adjusted EPS** growth

EBITA† margin

Organic revenue growth
Excluding Sage Healthcare Division

+3%

2007: +13%

23%

2007: 24%*

+6%*

2007: +7%*

Cash generation from operations

Renewal rates on maintenance
and support contracts

114%

2007: 112%

81%

2007: 81%

For more information about this year’s
KPIs go to page 28

Designed and produced by Radley Yeldar. www.ry.com

Board photography by Andy Wilson

Printed in England by CTD

This report is printed on Take 2 Silk which is FSC certified and contains
75% recycled and de-inked pulp from post consumer waste and 25% ECF
(Elemental Chlorine Free) virgin pulp. This report was printed by an FSC and
ISO 14001 certified printer using vegetable oil and soya based inks.

FSC – Forest Stewardship Council. This ensures that there is an audited
chain of custody from the tree in the well-managed forest through to the
finished document in the printing factory.

ISO 14001 – A pattern of control for an environmental management system
against which an organisation can be credited by a third party.

The CO2 emissions from the production and distribution of this report
have been neutralised through investment in the Sichuan Province Hydro
Power Project in western China. The project displaces electricity generated by
fossil-fuel power plants and will generate emission reductions of an estimated
360,000 tCO2 equivalent between 2006 and 2012, verified and certified to the
Voluntary Carbon Standard.

Contents

About Sage

01 Financial highlights

Business review

06 Group strategy and performance
10 Our business and markets

10 What we do, who we are, how we work
12 Marketplace overview
16 Business structure
18 Customer experience
20 Distribution channels
22 Acquisition strategy
24 Corporate responsibility
28 Key performance indicators

02 Chairman’s welcome
04 Group overview

30 Regional review
30 UK & Ireland
32 Mainland Europe
34 North America
36 Rest of World
38 Financial review
42 Risk

Governance

44 Board of Directors and advisers
46 Directors’ report

49 Corporate governance statement
54 Remuneration report

Financial statements

66 Financial statements – Group

112 Additional information

69 Notes to the accounts – Group
106 Independent auditors’ report – Group

107 Financial statements – Company

108 Notes to the accounts – Company
111 Independent auditors’ report – Company

112 Shareholder information

www.investors.sage.com

Go online to access The Sage Group plc
2008 Annual Report and forPDFdownloads.

www.investors.sage.com

www.investors.sage.com

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
0
8

www.sage.com

www.sage.com

The Sage Group plc
North Park
Newcastle upon Tyne
NE13 9AA

Annual Report
and Accounts 2008